CN118055742A - System for shaping and implanting a biological intraocular stent for increasing water outflow and reducing intraocular pressure - Google Patents
System for shaping and implanting a biological intraocular stent for increasing water outflow and reducing intraocular pressure Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CN118055742A CN118055742A CN202280066262.0A CN202280066262A CN118055742A CN 118055742 A CN118055742 A CN 118055742A CN 202280066262 A CN202280066262 A CN 202280066262A CN 118055742 A CN118055742 A CN 118055742A
- Authority
- CN
- China
- Prior art keywords
- distal
- tissue
- cutting
- implant
- shaft
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Landscapes
- Prostheses (AREA)
Abstract
一种用于将从生物组织切割的植入物部署到患者的眼睛中的系统,包括传送装置和鼻锥组件、从鼻锥的远端区域突出并包括内腔的管状轴。提供了相关的装置、系统和方法。
A system for deploying an implant excised from biological tissue into an eye of a patient includes a delivery device and a nose cone assembly, a tubular shaft protruding from a distal region of the nose cone and including an inner lumen. Related devices, systems, and methods are provided.
Description
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请根据35U.S.C.§119(e)要求2021年9月8日提交的序列号为No.63/241,713、2021年10月6日提交的序列号为No.63/252,753和2021年10月25日提交的序列号为No.63/271,639的共同未决临时专利申请的优先权的权益。这些临时申请的公开内容以其整体通过引用方式并入本文。This application claims the benefit of priority under 35 U.S.C. §119(e) to co-pending provisional patent applications Serial No. 63/241,713, filed on September 8, 2021, Serial No. 63/252,753, filed on October 6, 2021, and Serial No. 63/271,639, filed on October 25, 2021. The disclosures of these provisional applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
本申请还是2021年5月20日提交的美国申请序列号17/325,785的部分继续申请,美国申请序列号17/325,785根据35U.S.C.§119(e)要求2020年5月20日提交的序列号为No.63/027,689和2021年3月19日提交的序列号为No.63/163,623的美国临时专利申请的优先权的权益。这些申请的公开内容以其整体通过引用方式并入本文。This application is also a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application Serial No. 17/325,785, filed on May 20, 2021, which claims the benefit of priority under 35 U.S.C. §119(e) to U.S. Provisional Patent Applications Serial No. 63/027,689, filed on May 20, 2020, and Serial No. 63/163,623, filed on March 19, 2021. The disclosures of these applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
背景技术Background technique
青光眼眼科手术的主要内容是增加来自眼睛的水流出。此类手术有多种方法,包括:1)外路小梁切除术或分流术,这需要切割结膜和巩膜以穿透眼睛并提供经巩膜流出路径;2)使用基于硬件的可植入装置或使用消融、非可植入切割器(例如双刀片和小梁消融仪)进行内路小梁或经巩膜流出支架术或水分流;3)使用可植入非生物硬件植入物的内路睫状体上支架术。The mainstay of ophthalmic surgery for glaucoma is to increase aqueous outflow from the eye. There are several approaches to this surgery, including: 1) external trabeculectomy or shunting, which requires cutting the conjunctiva and sclera to penetrate the eye and provide a transscleral outflow pathway; 2) internal trabecular or transscleral outflow stenting or aqueous shunts using hardware-based implantable devices or using ablative, non-implantable cutters such as dual blades and trabeculectomy devices; and 3) internal epi-parietal stenting using implantable non-biologic hardware implants.
目前的内路支架术装置和方法基于非生物硬件材料,例如聚酰亚胺、聚醚砜、钛、聚苯乙烯嵌段-异丁烯嵌段-苯乙烯等。这种基于非生物硬件的可植入装置存在显著缺陷,因为这些装置会导致严重的侵蚀、纤维化和眼组织损伤,例如内皮细胞损失。Current endoscopic stenting devices and methods are based on non-biological hardware materials such as polyimide, polyethersulfone, titanium, polystyrene block-isobutylene block-styrene, etc. Such implantable devices based on non-biological hardware have significant drawbacks as they can cause severe erosion, fibrosis, and ocular tissue damage, such as endothelial cell loss.
鉴于前述,需要与用于治疗青光眼的眼科手术相关的改进装置和方法。In view of the foregoing, there is a need for improved devices and methods related to ophthalmic surgery for treating glaucoma.
发明内容Summary of the invention
在一个方面,描述了一种用于将从生物组织切割的植入物部署到患者的眼睛中的系统,该系统包括具有近侧壳体的传送装置;至少一个致动器;和远侧联接器。该系统包括具有鼻锥的鼻锥组件,该鼻锥具有近端区域和远端区域;在鼻锥的近端区域上的联接器,其构造成与传送装置的远侧联接器可逆地接合;以及管状轴,其从鼻锥的远端区域突出并具有内腔。该管状轴具有延伸通过轴的侧壁的一个或多个开窗,该一个或多个开窗由半透明或透明的材料覆盖,以便显露管状轴的内腔。In one aspect, a system for deploying an implant cut from biological tissue into an eye of a patient is described, the system comprising a delivery device having a proximal housing; at least one actuator; and a distal coupler. The system comprises a nose cone assembly having a nose cone having a proximal region and a distal region; a coupler on the proximal region of the nose cone configured to reversibly engage with a distal coupler of the delivery device; and a tubular shaft protruding from the distal region of the nose cone and having an inner lumen. The tubular shaft has one or more fenestrations extending through a sidewall of the shaft, the one or more fenestrations being covered by a translucent or transparent material so as to reveal the inner lumen of the tubular shaft.
在相关的方面,描述了一种用于对生物衍生组织进行最小程度的修改的装置,该装置包括由间隙间隔开的两个刀片,每个刀片具有内面和形成切割边缘的至少一个远侧斜面。两个刀片相对于彼此成一定角度安装,使得内面不平行而远侧斜面彼此平行。该装置构造为将生物衍生组织切割成具有长度和宽度的细长条带,其中长度大于宽度。In a related aspect, a device for minimally modifying biologically derived tissue is described, the device comprising two blades separated by a gap, each blade having an inner face and at least one distal bevel forming a cutting edge. The two blades are mounted at an angle relative to each other such that the inner faces are non-parallel and the distal bevels are parallel to each other. The device is configured to cut the biologically derived tissue into an elongated strip having a length and a width, wherein the length is greater than the width.
在相关的方面,描述了一种与用于制备植入物和将植入物内路插入眼睛中的系统一起使用的盒。该盒包括具有平面的上表面的下部部件,该上表面的尺寸和形状被设计成接收待切割成植入物的材料的片块;上部部件,其在打开构造和闭合构造之间可移动地联接到下部部件,该上部部件具有布置成当上部部件处于闭合构造时与下部部件的上表面相对的下表面;一对刀片,其构造成在上部部件的下表面下方延伸以将材料的片块切割成植入物。In a related aspect, a cartridge for use with a system for preparing an implant and inserting the implant intraocularly into an eye is described. The cartridge includes a lower member having a planar upper surface sized and shaped to receive a piece of material to be cut into an implant; an upper member movably coupled to the lower member between an open configuration and a closed configuration, the upper member having a lower surface arranged to oppose the upper surface of the lower member when the upper member is in the closed configuration; and a pair of blades configured to extend below the lower surface of the upper member to cut the piece of material into the implant.
在相关的方面,描述了一种制备用于植入患者的眼睛中的植入物和将植入物插入患者的眼睛中的系统。该系统包括构造为容纳材料的片块的盒并且具有构造为切割片块以从片块形成植入物的一对刀片;以及传送器械,其具有壳体和远侧部分,其尺寸和形状被设计为用于插入眼睛的前房中。该远侧部分具有内腔,该内腔具有细长的管状构件,该细长的管状构件的尺寸被设计成接收用该对刀片从片块切割的植入物。In a related aspect, a system for preparing an implant for implantation in an eye of a patient and inserting the implant into the eye of the patient is described. The system includes a box configured to hold a sheet of material and having a pair of blades configured to cut the sheet to form an implant from the sheet; and a delivery instrument having a housing and a distal portion sized and shaped for insertion into the anterior chamber of the eye. The distal portion has an inner cavity having an elongated tubular member sized to receive the implant cut from the sheet with the pair of blades.
在相关的方面,描述了一种制备用于植入患者的眼睛中的植入物和将植入物插入患者的眼睛中的系统。该系统包括盒,该盒构造成将材料容纳并保持在该盒内;至少一个切割构件,其构造为切割材料以从该材料形成植入物;以及传送器械,其具有壳体和远侧部分,其尺寸和形状被设计成用于插入眼睛的前房中,其中该远侧部分包括具有细长的管状构件的内腔。In a related aspect, a system for preparing an implant for implantation in an eye of a patient and inserting the implant into the eye of a patient is described. The system includes a cartridge configured to contain and retain a material within the cartridge; at least one cutting member configured to cut the material to form an implant from the material; and a delivery instrument having a housing and a distal portion sized and shaped for insertion into the anterior chamber of the eye, wherein the distal portion includes a lumen having an elongated tubular member.
在相关的方面,描述了一种用于制备植入物以及将植入物内路插入眼睛中的系统。该系统包括刀片盒,该刀片盒构造为在用于将材料的片块装载到盒中的打开构造和闭合构造之间移动。该盒包括下部部件,该下部部件具有构造成接收材料的片块的上表面;上部部件,其具有下表面,该下表面构造为当盒处于闭合构造时抵靠该材料的片块;以及一对刀片和在刀片之间限定间隙的间隔件。该对刀片构造成在上部部件的下表面下方延伸,以在两个位置处穿透材料的片块,从而在将刀片盒移动到闭合构造中时形成宽度比材料的片块的宽度窄的材料条带。In a related aspect, a system for preparing an implant and inserting the implant intraocularly into an eye is described. The system includes a blade box configured to move between an open configuration and a closed configuration for loading a piece of material into the box. The box includes a lower component having an upper surface configured to receive a piece of material; an upper component having a lower surface configured to abut against the piece of material when the box is in a closed configuration; and a pair of blades and a spacer defining a gap between the blades. The pair of blades are configured to extend below the lower surface of the upper component to penetrate the piece of material at two locations, thereby forming a strip of material having a width narrower than the width of the piece of material when the blade box is moved into the closed configuration.
在相关的方面,描述了一种用于将从生物组织切割的植入物部署到患者的眼睛中的系统。该系统包括具有近侧壳体的传送装置;联接至推杆的至少一个致动器;和远侧联接器。该系统包括具有鼻锥的鼻锥组件,该鼻锥具有近端区域和远端区域;在鼻锥的近端区域上的联接器,其构造为与传送装置的远侧联接器可逆地接合;以及管状轴,其从鼻锥的远端区域突出并包括内腔,该管状轴包括远端区域和近端区域。该远端区域远离近端区域的纵向轴线弯曲。In a related aspect, a system for deploying an implant cut from biological tissue into an eye of a patient is described. The system includes a delivery device having a proximal housing; at least one actuator coupled to a push rod; and a distal coupler. The system includes a nose cone assembly having a nose cone having a proximal region and a distal region; a coupler on the proximal region of the nose cone configured to reversibly engage with a distal coupler of the delivery device; and a tubular shaft protruding from the distal region of the nose cone and including an inner cavity, the tubular shaft including a distal region and a proximal region. The distal region is curved away from a longitudinal axis of the proximal region.
在一些变型中,可以可选地将以下中的一项或多项包括在上述方法、设备、装置和系统中的任何可行组合中。更多细节在附图和以下描述中阐述。其他特征和优点将从说明书和附图中变得明显。In some variations, one or more of the following may be optionally included in any feasible combination of the above methods, devices, apparatuses, and systems. More details are set forth in the accompanying drawings and the following description. Other features and advantages will become apparent from the specification and the accompanying drawings.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
现在将参照以下附图详细描述这些和其他方面。通常,图不是绝对或相对按比例的,而是旨在说明性的。此外,为了说明清楚起见,可以修改特征和元件的相对放置。These and other aspects will now be described in detail with reference to the following drawings. In general, the drawings are not absolute or relative to scale, but are intended to be illustrative. In addition, the relative placement of features and elements may be modified for clarity of illustration.
图1A-1B是人眼的截面图,示出了眼睛的前房和玻璃体房,其中支架在眼睛中位于示例位置;1A-1B are cross-sectional views of a human eye showing the anterior chamber and vitreous chamber of the eye with a stent in example locations in the eye;
图2是根据一种实施方式的系统的透视图;FIG2 is a perspective view of a system according to one embodiment;
图3A和3B示出了去除盖的图2的系统的组织盒的实施方式;3A and 3B illustrate an embodiment of the tissue cassette of the system of FIG. 2 with the cover removed;
图3C示出了安装了盖的图3A-3B的组织盒;FIG3C shows the tissue cassette of FIGS. 3A-3B with the cover installed;
图4A示出了安装了组织盒并且切割器处于打开构造的图2的系统的切割装置;FIG4A shows the cutting device of the system of FIG2 with a tissue cassette installed and the cutter in an open configuration;
图4B示出了安装了组织盒且切割器处于切割构造的图4A切割装置;FIG4B shows the cutting device of FIG4A with the tissue cassette installed and the cutter in the cutting configuration;
图4C是图4B的切割装置的局部视图,示出了切割器;FIG4C is a partial view of the cutting device of FIG4B showing the cutter;
图4D是图4A的切割装置的局部截面图;FIG4D is a partial cross-sectional view of the cutting device of FIG4A;
图4E是图4B的切割装置的局部截面图;FIG4E is a partial cross-sectional view of the cutting device of FIG4B ;
图4F-4G分别示出了相对于切割装置的基部处于前进和撤回构造的图4A的切割装置的推动器;4F-4G illustrate the pusher of the cutting device of FIG. 4A in advanced and withdrawn configurations, respectively, relative to the base of the cutting device;
图4H是图4G的切割装置的截面图;FIG4H is a cross-sectional view of the cutting device of FIG4G ;
图4I-4J是图4F的切割装置的局部截面图;4I-4J are partial cross-sectional views of the cutting device of FIG. 4F ;
图5A示出了安装了组织盒并且推动器处于前进构造的图2的系统的传送装置;FIG5A shows the transport device of the system of FIG2 with the tissue cassette installed and the pusher in an advanced configuration;
图5B示出了图5A的传送装置,其中盒相对于推动器被撤回;Fig. 5B shows the transport device of Fig. 5A with the cartridge retracted relative to the pusher;
图5C示出了图5A的组织盒和传送装置的远端区域;FIG5C illustrates the distal region of the tissue cassette and delivery device of FIG5A ;
图5D示出了安装在图5C的传送装置内的组织盒;FIG5D shows a tissue cassette installed in the transport device of FIG5C;
图5E示出了前进到部署位置的图5A的传送装置的推动器;FIG5E shows the pusher of the delivery device of FIG5A advanced to a deployed position;
图5F示出了组织盒,其由传送装置缩回,以在眼睛内部署切割的支架;FIG5F shows the tissue cassette being retracted by the delivery device to deploy the cut stent within the eye;
图6是根据相关实施方式的系统的透视图;FIG6 is a perspective view of a system according to a related embodiment;
图7A和7B示出了具有处于装载构造的盖的图6的组织盒;7A and 7B illustrate the tissue cassette of FIG. 6 with the cover in a loading configuration;
图7C示出了安装了盖的图7A-7B的组织盒;FIG7C shows the tissue cassette of FIGS. 7A-7B with the cover installed;
图8示出了图6的切割装置和组织盒;FIG8 shows the cutting device and tissue cassette of FIG6 ;
图9A示出了切割装置的一种实施方式,该切割装置安装有组织盒,切割器处于切割构造,并且组织盒的鼻锥已分离;FIG. 9A illustrates an embodiment of a cutting device with a tissue cassette installed, the cutter in a cutting configuration, and the nose cone of the tissue cassette detached;
图9B示出了传送装置的一种实施方式,该传送装置具有接合的组织盒的鼻锥,并且推动器处于缩回构造;FIG. 9B illustrates an embodiment of a delivery device with the nose cone of the tissue cassette engaged and the pusher in a retracted configuration;
图9C示出了图9B的传送装置,其中推动器前进到备好构造;FIG9C shows the delivery device of FIG9B with the pusher advanced to a ready configuration;
图9D示出了图9C的传送装置,其中鼻锥相对于推动器缩回;FIG9D illustrates the delivery device of FIG9C with the nose cone retracted relative to the pusher;
图10A示出了在与传送装置的远端区域接合之前的鼻锥;FIG10A shows the nose cone prior to engagement with the distal region of the delivery device;
图10B示出了在与传送装置的远端区域接合之后并且在附接之前的鼻锥;FIG10B shows the nose cone after engagement with the distal region of the delivery device and prior to attachment;
图10C示出了与传送装置的远端区域接合和附接的鼻锥;FIG10C shows the nose cone engaged and attached to the distal region of the delivery device;
图11A示出了处于第一缩回位置的图10A的传送装置的推动器;FIG. 11A shows the pusher of the delivery device of FIG. 10A in a first retracted position;
图11B示出了前进到第二备好位置的图10A的传送装置的推动器;FIG. 11B shows the pusher of the conveyor of FIG. 10A advanced to a second ready position;
图11C示出了位于眼睛内的图10A的传送装置的远侧轴和准备被启动的第三致动器;FIG11C shows the distal shaft of the delivery device of FIG10A within an eye and the third actuator ready to be activated;
图12A-12B是示出了图11A的第一缩回位置的图10A的传送装置的截面图;12A-12B are cross-sectional views of the delivery device of FIG. 10A showing a first retracted position of FIG. 11A ;
图12C-12D是示出了图11B的第二备好位置的图10A的传送装置的截面图;12C-12D are cross-sectional views of the conveyor of FIG. 10A showing a second ready position of FIG. 11B ;
图13A-13B示出了图10A的传送装置的复位机构;13A-13B illustrate a reset mechanism of the delivery device of FIG. 10A ;
图14A-14H示出了用于切割支架并将支架转移到组织盒的一部分的切割组件的不同实施方式的使用阶段;14A-14H illustrate stages of use of different embodiments of a cutting assembly for cutting a stent and transferring the stent to a portion of a tissue cassette;
图14I示意性地示出了联接到切割组件的鼻锥组件的实施方式;FIG14I schematically illustrates an embodiment of a nose cone assembly coupled to a cutting assembly;
图15A-15B示出了用于切割支架的切割装置的另一实施方式;15A-15B illustrate another embodiment of a cutting device for cutting a stent;
图16A是鼻锥组件的实施方式的侧视图;FIG16A is a side view of an embodiment of a nose cone assembly;
图16B是沿着图16A中的箭头B-B截取的远侧末端的远端视图;FIG16B is a distal end view of the distal tip taken along arrows B-B in FIG16A;
图16C是在圆A处截取的图16A的远侧轴的远端区域的详细视图;FIG16C is a detailed view of the distal end region of the distal shaft of FIG16A taken at circle A;
图17A示出了图10A的传送装置的近侧壳体,其具有用于接收鼻锥组件的带键联接件(keyed coupling);FIG. 17A illustrates the proximal housing of the delivery device of FIG. 10A having a keyed coupling for receiving a nose cone assembly;
图17B-17C分别从前端视图和后端视图示出了用于与图17A的近侧壳体联接的图16A的鼻锥组件;17B-17C show the nose cone assembly of FIG. 16A for coupling with the proximal housing of FIG. 17A from a front end view and a rear end view, respectively;
图17D示出了与近侧壳体联接的鼻锥组件;FIG17D shows the nose cone assembly coupled to the proximal housing;
图17E示出了图16A的鼻锥组件的远侧轴的详细视图,其具有在斜面内可见的推动器;FIG17E illustrates a detailed view of the distal shaft of the nose cone assembly of FIG16A with the pusher visible within the bevel;
图17F示出了远侧轴和推杆的详细分解图;FIG17F shows a detailed exploded view of the distal shaft and push rod;
图17G-17H是处于准备位置的致动器的局部透明视图;17G-17H are partial transparent views of the actuator in a ready position;
图17I是具有挠曲部分(flexture)的致动器的透视图;FIG17I is a perspective view of an actuator having a flexure;
图18A示出了切割装置的实施方式;FIG. 18A shows an embodiment of a cutting device;
图18B示出了图18A的切割装置,其具有关节连接成打开构造的手柄;FIG. 18B illustrates the cutting device of FIG. 18A with the handle articulated in an open configuration;
图18C示出了图18B的切割装置,其中压垫处于打开构造,从而显露承载表面;FIG. 18C shows the cutting device of FIG. 18B with the pressure pad in an open configuration, thereby exposing the load-bearing surface;
图18D是图18C的切割装置的详细视图;FIG18D is a detailed view of the cutting device of FIG18C;
图18E是图18A的切割装置的切割组件的示意图;FIG18E is a schematic diagram of a cutting assembly of the cutting device of FIG18A;
图18F是图18A的相关切割装置的透视图;FIG18F is a perspective view of the cutting device associated with FIG18A;
图18G是图18F的装置沿着线G-G截取的截面图;FIG18G is a cross-sectional view of the device of FIG18F taken along line G-G;
图18H是图18F的装置的双刀片的详细视图;Fig. 18H is a detailed view of the dual blades of the device of Fig. 18F;
图19A是在将鼻锥组件联接到容座之前的装载装置的实施方式;FIG19A is an embodiment of a loading device prior to coupling the nose cone assembly to the receptacle;
图19B是在将鼻锥组件联接到容座之后的装载装置的实施方式;FIG19B is an embodiment of the loading device after coupling the nose cone assembly to the receptacle;
图20A-20B是用于在将切割的支架装载到传送轴中之前对准和压缩切割的支架的装载装置的示意性截面图;20A-20B are schematic cross-sectional views of a loading device for aligning and compressing a cut stent prior to loading the cut stent into a delivery shaft;
图21A是与刀片盒接合的环钻装置的实施方式的透视图;FIG21A is a perspective view of an embodiment of a trephine device engaged with a blade cartridge;
图21B是图21A的环钻装置的透视图,其中刀片盒未联接;FIG21B is a perspective view of the trephine device of FIG21A with the blade cartridge uncoupled;
图22A是图21A的环钻装置的端视图,相对于承载表面示出了刀片盒的刀片;Fig. 22A is an end view of the trephine device of Fig. 21A showing the blade of the blade cartridge relative to the bearing surface;
图22B是图21A的环钻装置的刀片的详细视图;FIG22B is a detailed view of the blade of the trephine device of FIG21A;
图22C是在圆C处截取的图22B的刀片的切割边缘的详细视图;FIG22C is a detailed view of the cutting edge of the blade of FIG22B taken at circle C;
图22D示出了单斜面刀片;FIG22D shows a single bevel blade;
图22E示出了双斜面刀片;FIG22E shows a double bevel blade;
图23A-23C是图21A的环钻装置的刀片盒的刀片之间的顶出弹簧的透视图和端视图。23A-23C are perspective and end views of an ejector spring between blades of the blade cartridge of the trephine device of FIG. 21A.
应当理解,附图仅仅是示例性的,且并不意味着按比例绘制。应理解,本文所述的装置可包括未必在每幅图中描绘的特征。It should be understood that the drawings are merely schematic and are not intended to be drawn to scale. It should be understood that the devices described herein may include features that are not necessarily depicted in every drawing.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
公开了用于增加来自眼睛前房的水流出的植入物、系统和方法。如将在下文详细描述的,使用生物、基于细胞或基于组织的材料的内路流出支架术提供生物相容性水流出增强,与常规分流相比具有改进的耐受性和安全性。在一个示例性实施方式中,使用切割装置—在本文中也称为环钻装置或切割工具,在体外采集或产生生物组织或生物衍生材料并形成植入物,在本文中也称为支架。在一种实施方式中,支架是细长的主体或材料,其具有内腔以提供用于引流的通路。在优选的实施方式中,支架是细长的主体或组织条带,其没有内腔并且构造成保持裂口并提供睫状体上支架术(或在另一解剖位置内例如在施累姆氏管内或经巩膜的支架术)。基于内腔的装置可能会受到内腔作为纤维化闭塞通道的限制。然后将从该组织形成的支架通过内路传送通路植入眼睛中,以提供来自前房的水流出。本文所述的支架可作为微创青光眼手术(MIGS)治疗而用作青光眼的超声乳化辅助或独立治疗术。Implants, systems and methods for increasing aqueous outflow from the anterior chamber of the eye are disclosed. As will be described in detail below, intra-path outflow stenting using biological, cell-based or tissue-based materials provides biocompatible aqueous outflow enhancement with improved tolerability and safety compared to conventional shunts. In an exemplary embodiment, a cutting device, also referred to herein as a trephine device or cutting tool, is used to collect or generate biological tissue or biologically derived materials in vitro and form an implant, also referred to herein as a stent. In one embodiment, the stent is an elongated body or material having an inner cavity to provide a passage for drainage. In a preferred embodiment, the stent is an elongated body or tissue strip that has no inner cavity and is configured to maintain a cleft and provide a ciliary stent (or in another anatomical location such as Schlemm's canal or transscleral stenting). Lumen-based devices may be limited by the lumen as a fibrotic occluded passage. The stent formed from the tissue is then implanted into the eye through an intra-path delivery pathway to provide aqueous outflow from the anterior chamber. The stent described herein can be used as a minimally invasive glaucoma surgery (MIGS) treatment and as an adjunct or stand-alone treatment for phacoemulsification of glaucoma.
诸如支架、植入物、分流器、生物组织或组织之类的术语的使用不旨在限制任何一种结构或材料。植入的结构可以但不需要是在放置在眼睛中之后基本上被吸收到眼组织中—使得一旦被吸收,在结构先前所在的位置处可以保留空间—的材料。一旦被植入,该结构也可以在较长时间内保持在原位并且基本上不会腐蚀或吸收。The use of terms such as stent, implant, shunt, biological tissue, or tissue is not intended to limit any one structure or material. The implanted structure can, but need not, be of a material that is substantially absorbed into the ocular tissue after placement in the eye, such that once absorbed, a space may remain where the structure was previously located. Once implanted, the structure may also remain in place for an extended period of time and not substantially corrode or absorb.
如将在下文更详细描述的,本文所述的支架可以由生物衍生材料制成,其在植入患者体内后不会引起毒性或伤害性影响。As will be described in more detail below, the stents described herein can be made of biologically derived materials that do not cause toxic or harmful effects after implantation in a patient.
术语“生物衍生材料”包括适合植入眼睛中的天然存在的生物材料和合成的生物材料及其组合。生物衍生材料包括作为天然生物结构的材料,其具有在哺乳动物受试者体内天然存在的生物排列,包括由组织形成的器官或器官部分,以及由根据结构和功能组合在一起的材料形成的组织。生物衍生材料包括组织,例如角膜、巩膜或软骨组织。本文考虑的组织可以包括以下多种组织中的任何一种,包括肌肉、上皮、结缔组织和神经组织。生物衍生材料包括从供体或患者采集的组织、器官、器官部分和来自受试者的组织,包括适合移植的一块组织,包括自体移植物、同种异体移植物和异种移植物材料。生物衍生材料包括天然存在的生物材料,包括哺乳动物体内天然存在的任何材料。如本文所用的生物衍生材料还包括被工程设计成具有类似于天然生物结构的生物排列的材料。例如,可以使用体外技术合成该材料,例如通过用适当的细胞、工程设计或3D打印的材料接种三维骨架或基质以形成适合植入的生物结构。如本文所用的生物衍生材料还包括细胞衍生材料,包括干细胞衍生材料。在一些实施方式中,生物衍生材料包括可注射的透明质酸盐水凝胶或粘性材料,例如GEL-ONE交联透明质酸盐(Zimmer)。The term "biologically derived materials" includes naturally occurring biological materials and synthetic biological materials suitable for implantation in the eye and combinations thereof. Biologically derived materials include materials that are natural biological structures, which have biological arrangements that occur naturally in mammalian subjects, including organs or organ parts formed by tissues, and tissues formed by materials combined together according to structure and function. Biologically derived materials include tissues, such as cornea, sclera, or cartilage tissue. Tissues considered herein may include any of the following multiple tissues, including muscle, epithelium, connective tissue, and neural tissue. Biologically derived materials include tissues, organs, organ parts, and tissues from subjects collected from donors or patients, including a piece of tissue suitable for transplantation, including autologous grafts, allografts, and xenograft materials. Biologically derived materials include naturally occurring biological materials, including any material that occurs naturally in mammals. As used herein, biologically derived materials also include materials that are engineered to have biological arrangements similar to natural biological structures. For example, the material can be synthesized using in vitro techniques, such as by inoculating a three-dimensional skeleton or matrix with appropriate cells, engineered or 3D-printed materials to form a biological structure suitable for implantation. As used herein, biologically derived materials also include cell-derived materials, including stem cell-derived materials. In some embodiments, the biologically derived material comprises an injectable hyaluronate hydrogel or viscous material, such as GEL-ONE cross-linked hyaluronate (Zimmer).
生物衍生材料可包括天然存在的生物组织,包括天然存在于哺乳动物体内的任何材料,其根据21CFR 1271.3(f)下的FDA指导进行最低限度的操纵或超过最低限度的操纵,使得加工生物组织不会改变组织的相关生物学特性(参见《人体细胞、组织以及细胞和组织产品的监管注意事项:最低限度的操纵和同源使用(Regulatory Considerations forHuman Cells,Tissues,and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products:MinimalManipulation and Homologous Use)》,www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents/regulatory-considerations-human-cells-tissues-and-cellular-and-tissue-based-products-minimal)。Biologically derived materials may include naturally occurring biological tissue, including any material naturally occurring in mammals, that has been minimally manipulated or more than minimally manipulated in accordance with FDA guidance under 21 CFR 1271.3(f) such that processing the biological tissue does not alter the relevant biological properties of the tissue (see Regulatory Considerations for Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products: Minimal Manipulation and Homologous Use, www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents/regulatory-considerations-human-cells-tissues-and-cellular-and-tissue-based-products-minimal).
在一些实施方式中,生物支架可以是工程设计或3D打印的材料,其形成为具有从近侧开口延伸到远侧开口的内腔的管形状。该管也可以被打印成贯穿始终结合多个开口。例如,打印材料的壁可以设计成具有多个开口,使得内腔内的液体可以通过管壁渗出或向外流动,使得管具有足够的多孔性以确保水从眼睛中排出。该管可被打印成具有在传送时或接近传送时修改的尺寸。例如,可以将3D打印的材料设计为具有便于手动操作的第一尺寸。在传送时或接近传送时,可以将3D打印的材料切割成更适合植入眼睛的尺寸。在将材料的片块描述为在植入之前被切割或环钻成支架的情况下,应当理解的是,该材料的片块可以是具有特定3维形状(例如,包括管状)的打印材料,并且通过切割成更短的所需长度被切割成支架。因此,在某些实施方式中,本文所述的支架不必是实心的并且还可以结合有内腔。In some embodiments, the bioscaffold can be an engineered or 3D printed material formed into a tubular shape having an inner cavity extending from a proximal opening to a distal opening. The tube can also be printed to combine multiple openings throughout. For example, the wall of the printed material can be designed to have multiple openings so that the liquid in the inner cavity can seep out or flow outward through the tube wall, so that the tube has sufficient porosity to ensure that water is discharged from the eye. The tube can be printed to have a size modified at or near the time of delivery. For example, the 3D printed material can be designed to have a first size that is convenient for manual operation. At or near the time of delivery, the 3D printed material can be cut into a size more suitable for implantation into the eye. In the case where the piece of material is described as being cut or trephinated into a stent before implantation, it should be understood that the piece of material can be a printed material with a specific 3-dimensional shape (e.g., including a tubular shape) and is cut into a stent by cutting into a shorter desired length. Therefore, in some embodiments, the stent described herein does not have to be solid and can also be combined with a lumen.
用于形成支架的生物衍生材料,在本文中有时称为生物组织或生物材料,可以变化并且可以是例如角膜组织、巩膜组织、软骨组织、胶原组织或其他坚硬的生物组织。生物组织可以具有亲水性或疏水性。该生物组织可以包括或浸渍有一种或多种治疗剂,用于额外治疗眼睛疾病过程。The biologically derived material used to form the scaffold, sometimes referred to herein as biological tissue or biomaterial, can vary and can be, for example, corneal tissue, scleral tissue, cartilage tissue, collagen tissue, or other hard biological tissue. The biological tissue can be hydrophilic or hydrophobic. The biological tissue can include or be impregnated with one or more therapeutic agents for additional treatment of an ocular disease process.
生物支架材料可与一种或多种治疗剂组合使用,从而其可用于额外地将药剂传送至眼睛。在一种实施方式中,生物组织可以利用缓释小丸嵌入,或浸泡在治疗剂中以缓释传送至目标组织。The bioscaffold material may be used in combination with one or more therapeutic agents so that it can be used to additionally deliver the agent to the eye. In one embodiment, the biological tissue may be embedded with a slow-release pellet, or soaked in a therapeutic agent for slow-release delivery to the target tissue.
非生物材料包括通过人工合成、加工或制造而制备的合成材料,这些合成材料可能是生物相容的,但不是基于细胞或基于组织的。例如,非生物材料包括聚合物、共聚物、聚合物混合物和塑料。非生物材料包括无机聚合物,如硅橡胶、聚硅氧烷、聚硅烷;和有机聚合物,如聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚乙烯化合物、聚酰亚胺等。Non-biological materials include synthetic materials prepared by artificial synthesis, processing or manufacturing, which may be biocompatible but are not cell-based or tissue-based. For example, non-biological materials include polymers, copolymers, polymer blends and plastics. Non-biological materials include inorganic polymers such as silicone rubber, polysiloxane, polysilane; and organic polymers such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene compounds, polyimide, etc.
无论生物衍生材料的来源或类型,该材料都可以被切割或环钻成适合用于支架术和植入眼睛中的细长形状。可以在手术植入过程之前或在手术植入过程期间执行该组织的切割过程。植入眼睛中的支架(一个或多个)可具有当定位在睫状体分离术裂口内时允许水从前房流出的结构和/或渗透性。Regardless of the source or type of the biologically derived material, the material can be cut or trephinated into an elongated shape suitable for stenting and implantation in the eye. The cutting process of the tissue can be performed prior to or during the surgical implantation process. The stent (one or more) implanted in the eye can have a structure and/or permeability that allows water to flow out of the anterior chamber when positioned within the cyclodialysis cleft.
生物衍生材料可以是用于眼睛的最小程度地修改或最小程度地操纵的组织。最小程度地修改的生物衍生材料不涉及该材料与另一制品的组合,除了例如水、杀菌剂、防腐剂、低温防腐剂、储存剂和/或药物或治疗剂(一种或多种)等。最小程度地修改的生物衍生材料一旦植入就不会产生全身作用,并且其主要功能不依赖于任何活细胞的代谢活性。在制备和使用方法的每个步骤期间,可以对生物衍生材料进行最小程度地操纵,从而保持生物组织的原始相关特征。切割的支架可以是物理支撑或用作屏障或导管的结构组织,例如,通过至少部分地保持形成在眼睛中的睫状裂口。从生物衍生材料切割支架可以通过压缩、压紧、折叠、滚动或其他类型的对切割支架的临时操作进行最小程度地操纵,一旦从施加压缩或压紧的力中解放出来,切割的支架就允许材料向其原来的结构恢复。因此,最小程度的操纵可以暂时地机械地改变切割组织的大小或形状,同时一旦摆脱了该机械改变则仍然保持组织的原始相关特征,该特征涉及其用于重建、修复或更换的效用。例如,生物衍生材料可以是巩膜,其被切割成相对于通过其植入支架的传送管的内径而言尺寸过大的形状。切割的支架的最小程度的操纵可以包括将巩膜材料暂时压紧到传送轴的内腔中,使得在植入眼睛中之后,切割的支架趋向于朝向其原始切割尺寸恢复。尽管本文描述的生物衍生材料是在被切割成支架状植入物—该植入物可以保持用于水流出的裂口—的上下文中描述的,但本文设想了其他方法。例如,可以将生物衍生材料压缩成塞,然后将该塞植入眼睛的某个区域以用于其他目的,例如支架术、创伤性破裂的闭塞、过度过滤的气泡、后壁破裂和其他适应症。Bioderived materials can be minimally modified or minimally manipulated tissues for eyes. Minimally modified bioderived materials do not involve the combination of the material with another product, except for example water, sterilants, preservatives, low-temperature preservatives, storage agents and/or drugs or therapeutic agents (one or more) and the like. Minimally modified bioderived materials will not produce systemic effects once implanted, and their main functions do not rely on the metabolic activity of any living cells. During each step of the preparation and use method, the bioderived material can be minimally manipulated to maintain the original relevant characteristics of the biological tissue. The cut stent can be a structural tissue that physically supports or serves as a barrier or conduit, for example, by at least partially maintaining the ciliary cleft formed in the eye. Cutting stents from bioderived materials can be minimally manipulated by compression, compaction, folding, rolling or other types of temporary operations on the cut stent, and once released from the force of applying compression or compaction, the cut stent allows the material to recover to its original structure. Thus, minimal manipulation can temporarily mechanically change the size or shape of the cut tissue while still maintaining the original relevant features of the tissue once the mechanical change is eliminated, which relate to its utility for reconstruction, repair or replacement. For example, the bioderived material can be sclera, which is cut into a shape that is oversized relative to the inner diameter of the delivery tube through which the stent is implanted. Minimal manipulation of the cut stent can include temporarily compressing the sclera material into the lumen of the delivery shaft so that after implantation in the eye, the cut stent tends to recover toward its original cut size. Although the bioderived materials described herein are described in the context of being cut into a stent-like implant, which can maintain a rift for water outflow, other methods are contemplated herein. For example, the bioderived material can be compressed into a plug, which is then implanted into a region of the eye for other purposes, such as stenting, occlusion of traumatic ruptures, over-filtered bubbles, posterior wall ruptures, and other indications.
用于可植入眼内使用的生物组织(例如,巩膜组织或角膜组织)或其他生物组织(交联或未交联)的最小程度的结构修改可以包括纵向环钻成细长的组织条带,其具有小于其长度的宽度,例如,在在传送轴内装载之前,长度可以大于2mm且小于30mm,以及厚度可以在约0.1mm与2.0mm之间,并且宽度可以在约0.1mm与2.0mm之间。如本文将更详细地描述的,生物组织的切割允许调整被切割的宽度并且可以同时将生物组织压缩至特定的、一致的厚度。切割的生物组织可以以将生物组织压缩到传送通道中以装载到例如本文所述的鼻锥组件或盒的穿梭机构(shuttle)的方式来装载。装载组件可包括防止推动器在其将生物组织从装载器转移到穿梭机构中时屈曲的特征和连杆(linkage)。用于传送的切割、装载和转移可以组合在单个组件内,或者可以通过构造为彼此协同工作的单独组件来执行。本文描述的组件的一个或多个部件可以作为即用型物品提供。例如,生物组织可以预先切割并提供在预装载的穿梭机构组件内,该组件例如作为即用型组件或与传送机头(delivery handpiece)联接的部分即用型部件出售。Minimal structural modification of biological tissue (e.g., scleral tissue or corneal tissue) or other biological tissue (cross-linked or uncross-linked) for implantable intraocular use can include longitudinal trephination into elongated tissue strips having a width less than its length, for example, before loading in the delivery shaft, the length can be greater than 2mm and less than 30mm, and the thickness can be between about 0.1mm and 2.0mm, and the width can be between about 0.1mm and 2.0mm. As will be described in more detail herein, the cutting of biological tissue allows the width of the cut to be adjusted and the biological tissue can be compressed to a specific, consistent thickness at the same time. The cut biological tissue can be loaded in a manner that the biological tissue is compressed into a delivery channel to be loaded into a shuttle mechanism (shuttle) of a nose cone assembly or box, for example, as described herein. The loading assembly may include features and linkages that prevent the pusher from buckling when it transfers the biological tissue from the loader to the shuttle mechanism. The cutting, loading and transfer for delivery can be combined in a single assembly, or can be performed by separate assemblies that are constructed to work in conjunction with each other. One or more components of the assembly described herein can be provided as ready-to-use items. For example, biological tissue may be pre-cut and provided within a pre-loaded shuttle assembly, which is sold, for example, as a ready-to-use assembly or partially ready-to-use component coupled to a delivery handpiece.
图1A-1B是人眼的截面图,示出了眼睛的前房AC和玻璃体房VC。支架105可以在植入位置定位在眼内,使得支架105的至少第一部分定位在前房AC中,并且支架105的第二部分定位在组织内,例如在眼睛的睫状体上腔(supraciliary space)和/或脉络膜上腔内。支架105的尺寸和形状设计成使得支架105可以定位在这样的构造中。支架105提供或以其他方式用作用于房水远离前房AC(例如,到睫状体上腔和/或脉络膜上腔)流动的通道。在图1A-1B中,支架105被示意性地表示为相对于传送轴210的细长主体。应当理解,支架105的尺寸和形状可以变化。此外,支架105在插入传送轴210之前的尺寸和形状可以在插入传送轴210时改变,并且可以在从传送轴210部署之后改变。1A-1B are cross-sectional views of a human eye showing the anterior chamber AC and vitreous chamber VC of the eye. The support 105 can be positioned in the eye at an implantation position so that at least a first portion of the support 105 is positioned in the anterior chamber AC, and a second portion of the support 105 is positioned in the tissue, such as in the supraciliary space and/or suprachoroidal space of the eye. The size and shape of the support 105 are designed so that the support 105 can be positioned in such a configuration. The support 105 provides or otherwise serves as a channel for aqueous humor to flow away from the anterior chamber AC (e.g., to the supraciliary space and/or suprachoroidal space). In FIGS. 1A-1B , the support 105 is schematically represented as an elongated body relative to the delivery shaft 210. It should be understood that the size and shape of the support 105 can vary. In addition, the size and shape of the support 105 before insertion into the delivery shaft 210 can be changed when the delivery shaft 210 is inserted, and can be changed after being deployed from the delivery shaft 210.
支架105可以被内路(ab interno)植入,例如,通过清晰的角膜切口或巩膜切口。可以植入支架以产生开口或裂口,以增强前房AC和睫状体上腔、前房AC和脉络膜上腔、前房AC和施累姆氏(Schlemm)管或前房AC和结膜下腔、或其中经巩膜、巩膜下或巩膜上闭塞、支架置入和/或组织增强在临床上有指征的任何其他眼隔室、组织或界面之间的流出连通。在优选实施方式中,支架105被植入使得远端定位在睫状体上位置内,并且近端定位在前房AC内,以提供睫状体上裂。支架105的远端可以定位在眼睛的其他解剖部分之间。Stent 105 can be implanted by inner road (ab interno), for example, through clear corneal incision or scleral incision.Stent can be implanted to produce opening or cleft, to enhance outflow communication between anterior chamber AC and ciliary body supracaval space, anterior chamber AC and suprachoroidal space, anterior chamber AC and Schlemm's (Schlemm) canal or anterior chamber AC and subconjunctival cavity, or any other eye compartment, tissue or interface where occlusion, stent placement and/or tissue enhancement are clinically indicated.In a preferred embodiment, stent 105 is implanted so that the distal end is positioned in the ciliary body supracaval position, and the proximal end is positioned in anterior chamber AC, to provide ciliary body supracaval fissure.The distal end of stent 105 can be positioned between other anatomical parts of the eye.
常规的青光眼支架术装置通常由非生物材料制成,例如聚酰亚胺或其他合成材料,这些材料会导致内皮组织损伤,从而导致进行性、长期和不可逆的角膜内皮损失。本文所述的支架材料可以减少和/或消除这些组织损伤的风险,同时仍然提供增强的房水流出。Conventional glaucoma stenting devices are typically made of non-biological materials, such as polyimide or other synthetic materials, which can cause endothelial tissue damage, leading to progressive, long-term and irreversible corneal endothelial loss. The stent materials described herein can reduce and/or eliminate the risk of these tissue injuries while still providing enhanced aqueous humor outflow.
本文描述的支架105可由多种生物衍生材料中的任意材料形成,所述生物衍生材料具有允许水过滤通过其中的渗透性和/或结构。该支架105可由采集、工程设计、生长或以其他方式制造的生物衍生材料形成。生物衍生支架材料可以从患者或供体获得或采集。该生物衍生支架材料可以在手术前或手术期间采集。生物衍生支架材料可以是使用体外技术产生的合成生物组织。该生物衍生材料可以是干细胞产生的或生物工程学生成的。组织可以通过原位细胞或非细胞生长产生。在一种示例实施方式中,可以在制造期间对组织进行3D打印。生物衍生材料可以是最小程度地操纵的材料,并保留其作为组织的原始结构特征。The support 105 described herein can be formed of any of a variety of biologically derived materials having a permeability and/or structure that allows water to filter through it. The support 105 can be formed of biologically derived materials that are collected, engineered, grown, or otherwise manufactured. The biologically derived support material can be obtained or collected from a patient or donor. The biologically derived support material can be collected before or during surgery. The biologically derived support material can be a synthetic biological tissue produced using in vitro technology. The biologically derived material can be stem cell-generated or bioengineered. The tissue can be produced by in situ cell or non-cellular growth. In an exemplary embodiment, the tissue can be 3D printed during manufacturing. The biologically derived material can be a minimally manipulated material that retains its original structural characteristics as a tissue.
3D打印组织可以打印为更大的材料的片块,然后其在手术时被切割,如本文其他地方所述。替代地,可以打印3D打印组织以具有最终可植入支架的尺寸。在该实施方式中,3D打印材料在植入前无需切割,而是可以直接植入。例如,可以将3D打印支架直接打印到盒中,该盒构造成与本文所述的传送装置操作性地联接,传送装置又用于将3D打印支架部署到眼睛中。该可以使用Biofabrication(生物制造),2019;11(3)中描述的3D打印工艺生成3D打印支架。The 3D printed tissue can be printed as a larger piece of material that is then cut during surgery, as described elsewhere herein. Alternatively, the 3D printed tissue can be printed to have the size of the final implantable scaffold. In this embodiment, the 3D printed material does not need to be cut before implantation, but can be implanted directly. For example, the 3D printed scaffold can be printed directly into a box that is configured to be operably connected to a delivery device described herein, which in turn is used to deploy the 3D printed scaffold into the eye. The 3D printed scaffold can be generated using the 3D printing process described in Biofabrication, 2019; 11(3).
在示例实施方式中,支架105由生物组织制成。生物衍生材料可以是角膜组织和/或非角膜组织。该生物衍生材料可以包括角膜、巩膜、胶原或软骨组织。在一种实施方式中,生物衍生支架材料可以是没有上皮和内皮的裸露角膜基质组织,其是多孔的并且具有亲水渗透性以允许水过滤。生物衍生材料可以是保留其作为组织的原始结构特征的最小程度地操纵的巩膜。支架105的生物衍生材料可以但不必在放置在眼睛中之后结合到眼睛的固有解剖结构中。支架可以使周围组织形成在较长时间内保持开放的通路,即使在支架被吸收后也是如此。生物衍生支架材料可能不会显著地吸收或结合到眼睛的解剖结构中,使得支架105根据需要在较长的时间段内或无限期地保持植入。In an example embodiment, the support 105 is made of biological tissue. The biologically derived material can be corneal tissue and/or non-corneal tissue. The biologically derived material can include cornea, sclera, collagen or cartilage tissue. In one embodiment, the biologically derived support material can be a bare corneal stroma tissue without epithelium and endothelium, which is porous and has hydrophilic permeability to allow water filtration. The biologically derived material can be a minimally manipulated sclera that retains its original structural features as a tissue. The biologically derived material of the support 105 can but need not be incorporated into the inherent anatomical structure of the eye after being placed in the eye. The support can form a passage that remains open for a long time in the surrounding tissue, even after the support is absorbed. The biologically derived support material may not be significantly absorbed or incorporated into the anatomical structure of the eye, so that the support 105 is implanted for a long period of time or indefinitely as needed.
在其他实施方式中,支架105材料可以由复合碳水化合物或非炎症的胶原蛋白制成。支架105也可由可生物降解或可生物吸收材料形成,包括可生物降解聚合物,包括羟基脂肪族羧酸,均聚物或共聚物,例如聚乳酸、聚乙醇酸、聚乳酸乙醇酸;多糖,如纤维素或纤维素衍生物,如乙基纤维素、交联或未交联羧甲基纤维素钠、羧甲基纤维素淀粉钠、纤维素醚、纤维素酯(如醋酸纤维素、醋酸邻苯二甲酸纤维素、邻苯二甲酸羟丙基甲基纤维素和海藻酸钙)、聚丙烯、聚丁酸酯、聚碳酸酯、丙烯酸酯聚合物,如聚甲基丙烯酸酯、聚酐、聚戊酸酯、聚己内酯如聚-c-己内酯、聚二甲基硅氧烷、聚酰胺、聚乙烯吡咯烷酮、聚乙烯醇邻苯二甲酸酯、蜡(如石蜡和白蜂蜡)、天然油、虫胶、玉米醇溶蛋白或混合物。支架105可由透明质酸盐水凝胶或粘性材料形成。In other embodiments, the scaffold 105 material can be made of complex carbohydrates or non-inflammatory collagen. The scaffold 105 can also be formed of biodegradable or bioabsorbable materials, including biodegradable polymers, including hydroxy aliphatic carboxylic acids, homopolymers or copolymers, such as polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, polylactic glycolic acid; polysaccharides, such as cellulose or cellulose derivatives, such as ethyl cellulose, cross-linked or uncross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose starch, cellulose ethers, cellulose esters (such as cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate and calcium alginate), polypropylene, polybutyrate, polycarbonate, acrylate polymers, such as polymethacrylate, polyanhydride, polyvalerate, polycaprolactone such as poly-c-caprolactone, polydimethylsiloxane, polyamide, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol phthalate, wax (such as paraffin and white beeswax), natural oil, shellac, zein or mixtures. The scaffold 105 can be formed of hyaluronate hydrogel or viscous material.
如上所述,生物衍生支架材料可具有允许水过滤以充分控制或调节眼内压力的渗透性或多孔性。本文所述的可渗透生物组织(例如巩膜、角膜、胶原蛋白等)是优选的支架材料,然而,任何生物组织,即使是不可渗透的,在本文中也被认为是用作结构间隔物的潜在支架材料,该结构间隔物保持睫状体分离敞开。优选地,支架的材料可以产生允许流体流动的间隙。产生的间隙可以沿着支架的每一侧纵向地延伸。如果支架的材料是可渗透的,则与支架材料是不可渗透的并且流体需要沿着支架的外部通过的情况相比,更多的流体可以通过睫状体分离。因此,本文考虑的材料不需要是多孔的以提供所需的功能,然而,该功能可以通过材料的多孔性来增强。As mentioned above, biologically derived scaffold materials may have permeability or porosity that allows water to filter to fully control or regulate intraocular pressure. Permeable biological tissues described herein (e.g., sclera, cornea, collagen, etc.) are preferred scaffold materials, however, any biological tissue, even if impermeable, is considered herein as a potential scaffold material for use as a structural spacer, which keeps the ciliary body separated and open. Preferably, the material of the scaffold can produce a gap that allows fluid to flow. The gap produced can extend longitudinally along each side of the scaffold. If the material of the scaffold is permeable, more fluid can be separated by the ciliary body compared to the situation where the scaffold material is impermeable and the fluid needs to pass along the outside of the scaffold. Therefore, the material considered herein does not need to be porous to provide the desired function, however, the function can be enhanced by the porosity of the material.
通常,生物衍生支架材料具有一定的硬度和眼内耐久性,因此它可以保持来自前房的流出,然而,与用于治疗青光眼的传统非生物衍生聚酰亚胺分流器(例如CYPASS、Alcon)相比要更软。支架材料可以具有足够的结构以充当间隔物以支撑打开持续的睫状体上流出。支架材料一旦植入睫状体分离内就可以保持其结构高度或厚度,从而提供通过支架或围绕支架的流体流。在一些实施方式中,切割的支架通过压缩或压紧到传送轴中而被最小程度地操纵,使得切割的支架的尺寸和/或形状在轴内从第一尺寸减小到第二更小尺寸。传送轴的尺寸和形状可以设计成用于通过角膜(例如角膜中的自密封切口)插入前房并朝向虹膜角膜角推进。传送轴可以在靠近角度的组织层之间部署压紧的支架。一旦压紧的支架从传送轴部署,它就可以开始朝向其原始形状和/或尺寸恢复。切割的支架一旦被植入,就可以呈现比其原始形状和/或尺寸更小的形状和/或尺寸,或者与其原始形状和/或尺寸相同的形状和/或尺寸。最小程度地修改的生物组织可用于治疗青光眼。与传统的非生物材料(如聚酰亚胺)相比,生物衍生支架材料在生物相容性、解剖学一致性和水渗透性方面提供了优势。生物衍生支架材料可以提供更好的顺应性和对巩膜壁的顺应性,并且随着时间的推移以及长期揉眼和眨眼导致内皮和巩膜侵蚀/损失的可能性更小。Typically, the bioderived stent material has a certain hardness and intraocular durability, so it can maintain outflow from the anterior chamber, however, it is softer than the traditional non-biological derived polyimide shunt (e.g., CYPASS, Alcon) used to treat glaucoma. The stent material can have enough structure to act as a spacer to support the opening of the continuous ciliary outflow. The stent material can maintain its structural height or thickness once implanted in the ciliary body separation, thereby providing a fluid flow through the stent or around the stent. In some embodiments, the cut stent is minimally manipulated by compression or compression into the transmission shaft, so that the size and/or shape of the cut stent is reduced from a first size to a second smaller size in the shaft. The size and shape of the transmission shaft can be designed to be inserted into the anterior chamber through the cornea (e.g., a self-sealing incision in the cornea) and advance toward the iridocorneal angle. The transmission shaft can deploy the compacted stent between the tissue layers close to the angle. Once the compacted stent is deployed from the transmission shaft, it can begin to recover toward its original shape and/or size. Once implanted, the cut stent can take on a shape and/or size that is smaller than its original shape and/or size, or a shape and/or size that is the same as its original shape and/or size. Minimally modified biological tissues can be used to treat glaucoma. Compared to traditional non-biological materials (such as polyimides), biologically derived stent materials offer advantages in biocompatibility, anatomical consistency, and water permeability. Biologically derived stent materials can provide better compliance and conformability to the scleral wall, and are less likely to cause endothelial and scleral erosion/loss over time and with long-term rubbing and blinking of the eye.
通常,用于植入眼睛的同种异体移植组织经过精心处理,以免改变其原始状态。本文所述的切割的支架不需要如此精细地处理,而是可以通过压缩或压紧或以其他方式楔入更小的空间而被最小程度地修改,以便内路向眼睛内传送,以通过角膜或巩膜切口进行眼内支架、闭塞、加固,或进行穿刺(小于约3.5mm)。Typically, allograft tissue for implantation into the eye is carefully processed so as not to alter its original state. The cut stents described herein do not require such delicate processing, but can be minimally modified by compression or compaction or otherwise wedging into a smaller space for delivery into the eye for intraocular stenting, occlusion, reinforcement, or puncture (less than about 3.5 mm) through a corneal or scleral incision.
在一种实施方式中,用于形成支架的材料被提供为未切割的材料的片块,该材料构造成手动装载到盒200内。未切割的材料的片块也可以由独立于盒200的切割组件进行切割,并且然后转移到盒200的区域中。如下文将更详细讨论的,可以在手术时或手术前进行切割。在某些实施方式中,支架通过3D打印形成并且可以打印成用于支架的期望最终尺寸,或者可以打印为然后在手术时或手术之前被切割的材料的片块。通过本文所述的装置实现的切割可提供可植入眼睛中以提供水流出的调节的材料薄条带。切割或环钻的过程可以将切割的植入物定位在盒的导管或内腔内,使得保持在盒内的切割的植入物可以随后从传送装置传送,而无需从盒移除或转移切割的植入物。替代地,切割可以独立于将切割的植入物转移到传送装置中而进行。切割的植入物的切割和转移到传送装置可以是由独立工具或组件执行的独立步骤。例如,该系统可以结合用于将材料的片块切割成切割的植入物的第一装置、用于将切割的植入物转移到传送装置中的第二装置,和用于将来自传送装置的切割的植入物部署到眼睛中的第三装置。应当理解,切割、转移和部署可以集成到单个装置中,或者一个或多个可以是相互结合使用的独立装置,以将材料的片块转变为用于在眼睛中部署的切割植入物。在一个优选实施例中,切割植入物的切割和转移被集成到第一装置中,并且切割植入物在眼睛中的部署在第二装置中。In one embodiment, the material for forming the support is provided as a piece of uncut material, which is configured to be manually loaded into the box 200. The piece of uncut material can also be cut by a cutting assembly independent of the box 200, and then transferred to the area of the box 200. As will be discussed in more detail below, the cutting can be performed at the time of surgery or before surgery. In some embodiments, the support is formed by 3D printing and can be printed into the desired final size for the support, or can be printed as a piece of material that is then cut at the time of surgery or before surgery. The cutting achieved by the device described herein can provide a thin strip of material that can be implanted in the eye to provide regulation of water outflow. The process of cutting or trephination can position the cut implant in the catheter or lumen of the box so that the cut implant retained in the box can be subsequently transferred from the conveying device without removing or transferring the cut implant from the box. Alternatively, the cutting can be performed independently of transferring the cut implant to the conveying device. The cutting and transfer of the cut implant to the conveying device can be independent steps performed by independent tools or components. For example, the system can be combined with a first device for cutting a piece of material into a cut implant, a second device for transferring the cut implant into a conveyor, and a third device for deploying the cut implant from the conveyor into the eye. It should be understood that the cutting, transfer, and deployment can be integrated into a single device, or one or more can be separate devices used in conjunction with each other to convert the piece of material into a cut implant for deployment in the eye. In a preferred embodiment, the cutting and transfer of the cut implant are integrated into the first device, and the deployment of the cut implant in the eye is in the second device.
如本文所用,术语“材料的片块(patch of material)”是指一块生物衍生材料,其沿着至少一个维度的尺寸大于从该材料的片块切割并植入对象内的支架的尺寸。在一些实施方式中,材料的片块可以具有大致正方形的形状,并且从材料的片块切割或环钻的支架可以具有大致矩形形状。例如,材料的片块可以是约7mm宽x7mm长x0.55mm厚,而从该材料的片块切割的支架可以是0.3-1.0mm宽x7mm长x0.55mm厚。材料的片块和切割的支架的尺寸可以变化。切割前的材料的片块可以在约5mm到约10mm宽之间,在约5mm直到约10mm长之间,并且在约0.25mm到约2mm厚之间。从该材料的片块切割的支架可以在约0.3mm直至约2mm宽之间,优选地在0.7mm至1.0mm宽之间。从该材料的片块切割的支架可以在约5mm到约10mm长之间。从该材料的片块切割的支架可以在0.25mm至约2mm厚之间。材料的片块和切割的支架可各自具有相同的长度和相同的厚度,但宽度彼此不同。材料的片块和从材料的片块切割的支架也可以具有不同的长度和厚度。例如,材料的片块可以具有第一厚度并且从该材料的片块切割的支架具有相同的厚度,但是当植入时可以折叠或卷成与材料的片块不同的厚度。切割的支架不需要是矩形形状的,并且可以具有非矩形的形状,例如角楔形或多种形状中的任何形状,以提供特定的临床结果。例如,切割成具有扩大的远端和近端的“狗骨”形状的支架可以在目标组织内提供额外的固定。支架可以被切割成在前端上具有窄的细长形状,并且在尾端具有扩大的尺寸,以提供插入的便利以及提供固定的至少一个端部。As used herein, the term "patch of material" refers to a piece of biologically derived material that is larger in size along at least one dimension than the size of a stent cut from the patch of material and implanted into a subject. In some embodiments, the patch of material can have a generally square shape, and the stent cut or trepanned from the patch of material can have a generally rectangular shape. For example, the patch of material can be about 7 mm wide x 7 mm long x 0.55 mm thick, and the stent cut from the patch of material can be 0.3-1.0 mm wide x 7 mm long x 0.55 mm thick. The size of the patch of material and the stent cut can vary. The patch of material before cutting can be between about 5 mm and about 10 mm wide, between about 5 mm and about 10 mm long, and between about 0.25 mm and about 2 mm thick. The stent cut from the patch of material can be between about 0.3 mm and about 2 mm wide, preferably between 0.7 mm and 1.0 mm wide. The stent cut from the patch of material can be between about 5 mm and about 10 mm long. The stent cut from the piece of the material can be between 0.25mm and about 2mm thick. The piece of material and the stent cut can each have the same length and the same thickness, but the width is different from each other. The piece of material and the stent cut from the piece of material can also have different lengths and thicknesses. For example, the piece of material can have a first thickness and the stent cut from the piece of the material has the same thickness, but can be folded or rolled into a thickness different from the piece of material when implanted. The stent cut does not need to be rectangular in shape, and can have a non-rectangular shape, such as an angle wedge or any shape in a variety of shapes, to provide specific clinical results. For example, a stent cut into a "dog bone" shape with an enlarged distal end and proximal end can provide additional fixation in the target tissue. The stent can be cut into a narrow elongated shape on the front end and has an enlarged size at the tail end to provide convenience for insertion and at least one end of the fixation.
在一些实施方式中,材料的片块可以具有相对较大的宽度(例如,10mmx10mm),并且支架从片块切割成具有小得多的宽度(例如,约1.0mm至约1.5mm)的条带,并且然后将切割的支架压紧到具有约0.8mm内径的传送导管中,使得支架的宽度基本上填满内径。即使支架相对于该导管没有过大尺寸并且因此保持未被压紧,支架也可以基本上填充传送导管的内径。支架可以相对于导管的内部尺寸而尺寸过大,并且被压紧到导管中以基本上填充它。此外,切割的支架的尺寸可以根据要通过其部署支架的导管的尺寸而变化。例如,传送导管的内径可为约600微米至约800微米。因此,取决于支架是否要被压紧到传送管道中以及取决于传送管道的内部尺寸,支架可以被切割或环钻成多种尺寸中的任何一种。In some embodiments, the piece of material can have a relatively large width (e.g., 10mmx10mm), and the stent is cut from the piece into strips having a much smaller width (e.g., about 1.0mm to about 1.5mm), and the cut stent is then pressed into a delivery conduit having an inner diameter of about 0.8mm so that the width of the stent substantially fills the inner diameter. Even if the stent is not oversized relative to the conduit and therefore remains unpressed, the stent can substantially fill the inner diameter of the delivery conduit. The stent can be oversized relative to the inner dimensions of the conduit and is pressed into the conduit to substantially fill it. In addition, the size of the cut stent can vary depending on the size of the conduit through which the stent is to be deployed. For example, the inner diameter of the delivery conduit can be about 600 microns to about 800 microns. Therefore, depending on whether the stent is to be pressed into the delivery conduit and depending on the inner dimensions of the delivery conduit, the stent can be cut or trephinated into any of a variety of sizes.
从材料的片块切割的支架可以具有宽度、长度和厚度。在一种实施方式中,使用本文所述的切割装置从材料的片块切割的支架的宽度可以是至少100微米直至约1500微米,或100微米至1200微米之间,或100微米与900微米之间,或300微米与600微米之间。从材料的片块切割的支架可以具有至少约100微米的宽度和不超过1500微米、1400微米、1300微米、1200微米、1100微米、1000微米、900微米、不超过800微米、不超过700微米、不超过600微米、不超过500微米、不超过400微米、不超过300微米或不超过200微米的宽度。从材料的片块切割的支架的长度可以根据支架植入的位置而变化。在一些实施方式中,支架的长度在1mm和10mm之间,或更优选地在3mm和8mm之间。从材料的片块切割的支架的厚度可以为100微米直至约800微米,或150微米直至约600微米。在一种实施方式中,形成支架的生物材料可以具有不小于100微米且不大于5mm的厚度。支架的厚度还可以取决于支架在植入时是折叠还是卷起,使得厚度仅为250微米的材料的片块可以切割成支架并且支架在植入时折叠以使厚度加倍至约500微米。支架的厚度也可以取决于使用什么生物衍生材料。例如,巩膜组织或角膜组织通常可以具有约400微米的厚度,但在采集后可以收缩到约250-300微米。因此,从一个收缩的角膜组织片块切割的支架可能只有250微米的厚度。The support cut from the piece of material can have width, length and thickness.In one embodiment, the width of the support cut from the piece of material using cutting device as described herein can be at least 100 microns until about 1500 microns, or between 100 microns to 1200 microns, or between 100 microns and 900 microns, or between 300 microns and 600 microns.The support cut from the piece of material can have a width of at least about 100 microns and be no more than 1500 microns, 1400 microns, 1300 microns, 1200 microns, 1100 microns, 1000 microns, 900 microns, no more than 800 microns, no more than 700 microns, no more than 600 microns, no more than 500 microns, no more than 400 microns, no more than 300 microns or no more than 200 microns.The length of the support cut from the piece of material can vary according to the position of the support implantation.In some embodiments, the length of the support is between 1mm and 10mm, or more preferably between 3mm and 8mm. The thickness of the stent cut from the piece of material can be 100 microns up to about 800 microns, or 150 microns up to about 600 microns. In one embodiment, the biomaterial forming the stent can have a thickness of not less than 100 microns and not more than 5 mm. The thickness of the stent can also depend on whether the stent is folded or rolled up when implanted, so that a piece of material with a thickness of only 250 microns can be cut into the stent and the stent is folded when implanted to double the thickness to about 500 microns. The thickness of the stent can also depend on what biologically derived material is used. For example, scleral tissue or corneal tissue can generally have a thickness of about 400 microns, but can shrink to about 250-300 microns after collection. Therefore, a stent cut from a shrinking corneal tissue piece may only have a thickness of 250 microns.
在以下更详细描述的一些实施方式中,从材料的片块切割的支架被切割成基本上填充导管,通过该导管其被推进以便传送。在其他实施方式中,可以将支架切割成相对于导管(其通过该导管来部署)的尺寸而言尺寸过大的植入物。在该实施方式中,支架可以被切割成具有第一尺寸,其与传送导管的内部尺寸相比尺寸过大。尺寸过大的支架可以例如通过用工具压紧或压缩而在传送管道内备好,使得当在管道内备好时该支架呈现第二更小的尺寸。在眼中部署并且支架从传送导管释放后,该支架可以实现接近其原始第一尺寸的第三尺寸。这将在下面更详细地描述。In some embodiments described in more detail below, a stent cut from a piece of material is cut to substantially fill a conduit through which it is advanced for delivery. In other embodiments, the stent may be cut to an implant that is oversized relative to the size of the conduit through which it is deployed. In this embodiment, the stent may be cut to have a first size that is oversized compared to the internal dimensions of the delivery conduit. The oversized stent may be prepared in a delivery conduit, for example, by compacting or compressing with a tool, so that the stent presents a second, smaller size when prepared in the conduit. After deployment in the eye and the stent is released from the delivery conduit, the stent may achieve a third size that is close to its original first size. This will be described in more detail below.
在非限制性示例中,生物组织支架在任何方向上具有不小于0.1mm且不大于8mm的尺寸以及不小于50微米且不大于8mm的厚度。在非限制性示例中,支架长约6mm,宽约300-600mm,厚约150-600mm。切割在任何方向上都可以不小于1mm,不大于8mm。在一种非限制性示例中,切割组织具有100-800微米宽和1mm-10mm长的尺寸。应当理解,在植入手术期间可以将多个支架传送到一个或多个目标位置。In a non-limiting example, the biological tissue scaffold has a size of not less than 0.1 mm and not more than 8 mm in any direction and a thickness of not less than 50 microns and not more than 8 mm. In a non-limiting example, the scaffold is about 6 mm long, about 300-600 mm wide, and about 150-600 mm thick. The cut can be not less than 1 mm and not more than 8 mm in any direction. In a non-limiting example, the cut tissue has a size of 100-800 microns wide and 1mm-10mm long. It should be understood that multiple scaffolds can be delivered to one or more target locations during the implantation operation.
图2和6示出了用于制备和传送生物眼内支架以增加水流出和降低眼内压力的系统100的相互关联的实施方式。该系统100可以包括组织盒200,该组织盒200具有构造成可逆地和操作性地与切割装置300和传送装置400联接的至少一部分。图2和图6所示的切割装置300包括集成的装载特征,其构造成在用切割装置300切割支架之后将切割的支架装载到组织盒200中。系统100还可以结合不具有集成的装载部件的切割装置300(参见图18A-18E和18F-18H)。在该实施方式中,系统100可以包括单独的装载装置600,其构造成与盒200联接以装载由切割装置300产生的切割的支架(参见图19A-19B)。支架一旦使用切割装置300被切割就可以例如使用镊子手动地从切割装置300转移到装载装置600。装载装置600可用于将切割的支架推入联接至装载装置600的组织盒200的区域中。然后,装载的组织盒200可从装载装置600分离并联接至传送装置400以传送到眼睛中。Fig. 2 and 6 illustrate an interrelated embodiment of a system 100 for preparing and transmitting a biological intraocular stent to increase water outflow and reduce intraocular pressure. The system 100 may include a tissue cassette 200 having at least a portion configured to be reversibly and operatively coupled to a cutting device 300 and a conveying device 400. The cutting device 300 shown in Fig. 2 and Fig. 6 includes an integrated loading feature configured to load the cut stent into the tissue cassette 200 after the stent is cut with the cutting device 300. The system 100 may also be combined with a cutting device 300 (see Fig. 18A-18E and 18F-18H) that does not have an integrated loading component. In this embodiment, the system 100 may include a separate loading device 600 configured to be coupled to the box 200 to load the cut stent produced by the cutting device 300 (see Fig. 19A-19B). Once the stent is cut using the cutting device 300, it may be manually transferred to the loading device 600 from the cutting device 300, for example, using tweezers. The loading device 600 can be used to push the cut stent into the area of the tissue cassette 200 coupled to the loading device 600. The loaded tissue cassette 200 can then be separated from the loading device 600 and coupled to the delivery device 400 for delivery into the eye.
每个系统100可以在没有切割装置300的情况下提供,并且仅包括组织盒200和传送装置400。在这种实施方式中,组织盒200可以包括在盒200内的预切割的支架105,其准备好与传送装置400接合以部署到眼睛中。具有预切割的支架105的盒200可以浸入稳定的溶液中。因此,在系统被描述为包括切割装置300的情况下,应当理解,切割装置300可以不在手术时使用,而是支架105以预切割和/或预备好构造提供在传送装置400或组织盒200的至少一部分内。Each system 100 can be provided without a cutting device 300 and only includes a tissue cassette 200 and a delivery device 400. In such an embodiment, the tissue cassette 200 can include a pre-cut stent 105 within the cassette 200, which is ready to engage with the delivery device 400 to be deployed into the eye. The cassette 200 with the pre-cut stent 105 can be immersed in a stable solution. Therefore, where the system is described as including a cutting device 300, it should be understood that the cutting device 300 may not be used during surgery, but rather the stent 105 is provided in at least a portion of the delivery device 400 or the tissue cassette 200 in a pre-cut and/or ready configuration.
图2示出了示为与切割装置300分离的第一盒200和安装有传送装置的另一盒200。盒200构造成在盒200内接收材料的片块101并固定材料的片块101以准备由切割装置300切割。切割装置300在与盒200操作性地接合时构造成从保持在盒200内的材料的片块101形成生物眼内支架105。传送装置400在与盒200操作性地接合时构造成将切割的植入物105从盒200传送到植入位置。在图2的实施方式中的组织盒200构造成与切割装置300和传送装置400两者配合,使得整个组织盒200从系统100的两个装置300、400中移除并在这两个装置300、400之间转移。FIG. 2 shows a first box 200 shown as being separated from a cutting device 300 and another box 200 with a transfer device mounted thereon. The box 200 is configured to receive a piece 101 of material in the box 200 and to fix the piece 101 of material in preparation for cutting by the cutting device 300. The cutting device 300 is configured to form a biological intraocular scaffold 105 from the piece 101 of material held in the box 200 when operatively engaged with the box 200. The transfer device 400 is configured to transfer the cut implant 105 from the box 200 to an implantation location when operatively engaged with the box 200. The tissue box 200 in the embodiment of FIG. 2 is configured to cooperate with both the cutting device 300 and the transfer device 400 so that the entire tissue box 200 is removed from the two devices 300, 400 of the system 100 and transferred between the two devices 300, 400.
图6示出了系统100的一个相互关联的实施方式,并且包括构造成与切割装置300和传送装置400操作性地联接的组织盒200。然而,整个组织盒200不需要完全从切割装置300中移除以便与传送装置400联接。在该实施方式中,组织盒200可以包括远侧鼻锥组件274,其构造成从盒200的近侧部分207分离,并与传送装置400联接。鼻锥组件274可以包括远侧部分205的至少一部分,例如鼻锥275和从鼻锥275向远侧延伸的轴210。6 shows an interrelated embodiment of the system 100 and includes a tissue cassette 200 configured to be operatively coupled to a cutting device 300 and a transport device 400. However, the entire tissue cassette 200 need not be completely removed from the cutting device 300 in order to be coupled to the transport device 400. In this embodiment, the tissue cassette 200 may include a distal nose cone assembly 274 configured to be separated from the proximal portion 207 of the cassette 200 and coupled to the transport device 400. The nose cone assembly 274 may include at least a portion of the distal portion 205, such as a nose cone 275 and a shaft 210 extending distally from the nose cone 275.
在另外的其他实施方式中,盒200不需要包括构造成在盒200内接收材料的片块101的部分。例如,盒200可以仅包括鼻锥组件274,其包括具有远侧轴210的鼻锥275。具有远侧轴210的鼻锥275可以联接到切割装置300,切割装置300构造成在至少一个区域内接收材料的片块101并且固定材料的片块101以准备由切割装置300切割。鼻锥275和远侧轴210可以相对于切割装置300布置,使得切割的支架可以转移到其中以部署到眼睛中。图14I示意性地示出了联接到切割组件500的鼻锥组件274。该鼻锥组件274包括具有联接到切割组件500的近端的鼻锥275和沿着纵向轴线A从鼻锥275突出的远侧轴210。切割组件500可以是如本文所述的切割装置300的一部分。In yet other embodiments, the cartridge 200 need not include a portion configured to receive a piece of material 101 within the cartridge 200. For example, the cartridge 200 may include only a nose cone assembly 274 including a nose cone 275 having a distal axis 210. The nose cone 275 having the distal axis 210 may be coupled to a cutting device 300 configured to receive a piece of material 101 in at least one region and to secure the piece of material 101 in preparation for cutting by the cutting device 300. The nose cone 275 and the distal axis 210 may be arranged relative to the cutting device 300 so that a cut stent may be transferred thereto for deployment into the eye. FIG. 14I schematically illustrates a nose cone assembly 274 coupled to a cutting assembly 500. The nose cone assembly 274 includes a nose cone 275 having a proximal end coupled to the cutting assembly 500 and a distal axis 210 protruding from the nose cone 275 along a longitudinal axis A. The cutting assembly 500 may be a portion of a cutting device 300 as described herein.
盒可包括如本文所述的多种结构布置中的任意布置,但通常指的是可在两个或更多个装置之间转移的部件。盒可在切割装置和传送装置之间转移。盒可构造成保持用于切割成支架的材料的片块,并提供用于将支架部署到眼睛中的导管。然而,盒不必构造成保持材料的片块用于切割。盒可包括轴,该轴构造成接收来自切割组件的切割的支架,且然后将支架从轴部署到眼睛中。本文描述和设想了多种构造中的任何构造。The box may include any of a variety of structural arrangements as described herein, but generally refers to a component that can be transferred between two or more devices. The box can be transferred between a cutting device and a conveying device. The box can be configured to hold a piece of material for cutting into a stent and provide a conduit for deploying the stent into the eye. However, the box does not have to be configured to hold a piece of material for cutting. The box may include a shaft that is configured to receive the cut stent from the cutting assembly and then deploy the stent from the shaft into the eye. Any of a variety of configurations are described and contemplated herein.
这些系统中的每一个和它们各自的部件将在本文中更详细地描述。Each of these systems and their respective components will be described in more detail herein.
图2还有图3A-3C示出了组织盒200的一种实施方式,该组织盒200构造成保持用于切割的材料的片块并用于提供用于将切割的支架部署到眼睛中的导管。盒200可以包括远侧部分205,该远侧部分205联接到近侧部分207并且从近侧部分207向远侧延伸。远侧部分205可以包括细长构件或轴210,其具有尺寸适合容纳和部署支架105的内导管或内腔238。近侧部分207可以包括基部224和可移动地附接到基部224的盖214。近侧部分207旨在保持在眼睛外部,而远侧部分205构造成插入眼睛内以将支架105部署在目标组织内。植入物105可以从盒200的近侧部分207推进到定位在盒200的远侧部分205内的部署中。盒200的远侧部分205可插入眼睛的前房,从而它可以定位在眼组织附近,在该眼组织内,植入物105被从盒200部署到该眼组织中。例如,盒200的远侧部分205可以通过角膜切口内路插入前房,而盒200的近侧部分207保持在眼睛外部(例如,联接到传送器械400)。Fig. 2 also has Fig. 3A-3C and shows an embodiment of tissue cassette 200, and this tissue cassette 200 is configured to hold the piece of material for cutting and is used to provide the conduit for the stent of cutting to be deployed into the eye.Cassette 200 can include distal portion 205, and this distal portion 205 is connected to proximal portion 207 and extends distally from proximal portion 207. Distal portion 205 can include elongated member or shaft 210, and it has the inner conduit or lumen 238 of size suitable for accommodating and deploying stent 105.Proximal portion 207 can include base 224 and cover 214 that is movably attached to base 224.Proximal portion 207 is intended to remain outside the eye, and distal portion 205 is configured to be inserted into the eye to deploy stent 105 in the target tissue.Implant 105 can be advanced from proximal portion 207 of cassette 200 to the deployment positioned in distal portion 205 of cassette 200. The distal portion 205 of the cartridge 200 can be inserted into the anterior chamber of the eye so that it can be positioned adjacent to the ocular tissue into which the implant 105 is deployed from the cartridge 200. For example, the distal portion 205 of the cartridge 200 can be inserted into the anterior chamber via an intracorneal incision while the proximal portion 207 of the cartridge 200 remains outside the eye (e.g., coupled to the delivery instrument 400).
图6还有图7A-7C示出了组织盒200的另一实施方式,该组织盒200构造成保持用于切割的材料的片块,并用于提供用于将切割的支架部署到眼睛中的导管。组织盒200可以包括远侧部分205,该远侧部分205联接到近侧部分207并且从近侧部分207向远侧延伸,近侧部分207包括轴210,该轴210具有尺寸用于容纳和部署支架105的内导管或内腔238(在图14I中可见)。近侧部分207还可以包括基部224和可移动地附接到基部224的盖214。远侧部分205和轴210可以可移除地附接到盒200的近侧部分207。例如,近侧部分207可以保持在切割装置300内,而包括鼻锥275和轴210的可移除鼻锥组件274可以从近侧部分207分离并与传送器械400接合(参见图9A-9D)。Fig. 6 also has Fig. 7A-7C and shows another embodiment of tissue cassette 200, and this tissue cassette 200 is configured to keep the piece of material for cutting, and is used for providing the catheter that the stent for cutting is deployed in the eye.Tissue cassette 200 can comprise distal portion 205, and this distal portion 205 is connected to proximal portion 207 and extends distally from proximal portion 207, and proximal portion 207 comprises axle 210, and this axle 210 has the inner conduit or the inner chamber 238 (visible in Figure 14I) of size for accommodating and deploying stent 105.Proximal portion 207 can also comprise base 224 and the lid 214 that is movably attached to base 224.Distal portion 205 and axle 210 can be removably attached to the proximal portion 207 of cassette 200. For example, the proximal portion 207 can remain within the cutting device 300, while the removable nose cone assembly 274 including the nose cone 275 and the shaft 210 can be separated from the proximal portion 207 and engaged with the delivery instrument 400 (see FIGS. 9A-9D ).
应当理解,盒200的远侧部分205可用于其他传送通路(例如,经巩膜传送)。将植入物105部署到眼组织中可以包括植入物105至少部分地位于睫状体和眼睛的巩膜之间。植入物105可以位于睫状体和巩膜之间、睫状体分离裂口内。It should be understood that the distal portion 205 of the cartridge 200 can be used for other delivery pathways (e.g., transscleral delivery). Deploying the implant 105 into the ocular tissue can include the implant 105 being at least partially located between the ciliary body and the sclera of the eye. The implant 105 can be located between the ciliary body and the sclera, within the ciliary body diastasis cleft.
从盒200的近侧部分207向外在远侧方向上延伸的盒200的轴210(在本文中也称为引入管、施用器、导管或传送主体)包括沿着纵向轴线A延伸的至少一部分。轴210的至少另一部分可以是成角度的、弯曲的或柔性的,使得它可以形成远离纵向轴线A的远侧弯曲部或屈曲部。轴的远端区域212是轴210的近端区域的切线弧,其半径在10-20mm之间,优选地约10-15mm,或约12mm。在一些实施方式中,轴210可以包括柔性部分和刚性部分,使得根据这些部分的相对位置导致轴的形状发生变化。图3A-3C还有图7A-7C中所示的实施例具有沿着纵向轴线A延伸的近侧部分和远离纵向轴线A向下弯曲的远端区域212。该远端区域212可以包括来自内腔238的开口230,支架105可以穿过该开口230被部署。来自内腔238的开口230可以定位在与轴210的远端区域212的纵向轴线A的平面垂直的平面内。来自内腔238的开口230可以定位在相对于轴210的远端区域212的纵向轴线A成角度的平面内。轴210的远端区域212可以倾斜,使得进入内腔238的开口230是细长的而不是圆形的,并且轴210的最远末端216延伸超过开口230。斜面可以是约10-45度,优选地约12-16度,或约15度。轴210的最远末端216可以是尖的末端或钝的末端(其是方形的,使得它不形成尖端)。开口230的形状可以是轴210在远端区域212处的整体截面以及开口230相对于远端区域212的纵向轴线A的角度的函数。例如,如果轴210的远端区域212具有矩形截面并且开口230相对于纵向轴线A垂直地切割,则开口230和轴210的截面形状基本匹配。如果轴210具有矩形截面并且开口230相对于纵向轴线A以小于垂直的方式被切割,则与轴210的矩形形状相比,开口230可以具有细长的矩形形状。开口230也可以具有靠近斜面跟部的第一形状和靠近最远末端216的第二形状。例如,靠近斜面跟部的开口230可以是圆形的并且靠近最远末端216的开口230可以是方形化的。还应当理解,开口230不必位于轴210的最远端处。开口230可以形成在轴210的侧壁中,使得支架210被沿着相对于内腔230的纵向轴线成角度的方向推出内腔238。开口230可以相对于盒200定位在轴210中,使得它定位在轴210的前端、下侧、上侧和/或另一侧。轴210的远端区域212可以具有圆形、椭圆形、圆角矩形、矩形、圆角正方形、正方形、菱形、泪滴形或其他形状的截面形状,并且最远末端216具有变化的末端形状,包括钝末端、子弹头末端、刮刀末端或尖头末端。轴210的远端区域可以具有眼科领域中已知的多种构造中的任何构造。The shaft 210 of the cartridge 200 (also referred to herein as an introducer, applicator, catheter, or delivery body) extending outward in the distal direction from the proximal portion 207 of the cartridge 200 includes at least a portion extending along the longitudinal axis A. At least another portion of the shaft 210 may be angled, curved, or flexible so that it may form a distal bend or flexure away from the longitudinal axis A. The distal region 212 of the shaft is a tangent arc of the proximal region of the shaft 210, having a radius between 10-20 mm, preferably about 10-15 mm, or about 12 mm. In some embodiments, the shaft 210 may include a flexible portion and a rigid portion such that the shape of the shaft changes depending on the relative position of these portions. The embodiments shown in FIGS. 3A-3C and 7A-7C have a proximal portion extending along the longitudinal axis A and a distal region 212 that curves downward away from the longitudinal axis A. The distal region 212 may include an opening 230 from the lumen 238 through which the stent 105 may be deployed. The opening 230 from the lumen 238 can be positioned in a plane perpendicular to the plane of the longitudinal axis A of the distal region 212 of the shaft 210. The opening 230 from the lumen 238 can be positioned in a plane that is angled relative to the longitudinal axis A of the distal region 212 of the shaft 210. The distal region 212 of the shaft 210 can be inclined so that the opening 230 into the lumen 238 is elongated rather than circular and the distal-most end 216 of the shaft 210 extends beyond the opening 230. The bevel can be about 10-45 degrees, preferably about 12-16 degrees, or about 15 degrees. The distal-most end 216 of the shaft 210 can be a pointed end or a blunt end (which is square so that it does not form a point). The shape of the opening 230 can be a function of the overall cross-section of the shaft 210 at the distal region 212 and the angle of the opening 230 relative to the longitudinal axis A of the distal region 212. For example, if the distal region 212 of the shaft 210 has a rectangular cross-section and the opening 230 is cut perpendicularly relative to the longitudinal axis A, the cross-sectional shapes of the opening 230 and the shaft 210 substantially match. If the shaft 210 has a rectangular cross-section and the opening 230 is cut in a manner less than perpendicular to the longitudinal axis A, the opening 230 can have an elongated rectangular shape compared to the rectangular shape of the shaft 210. The opening 230 can also have a first shape near the bevel heel and a second shape near the distal-most end 216. For example, the opening 230 near the bevel heel can be rounded and the opening 230 near the distal-most end 216 can be squared. It should also be understood that the opening 230 need not be located at the distal-most end of the shaft 210. The opening 230 can be formed in the sidewall of the shaft 210 so that the stent 210 is pushed out of the lumen 238 along a direction that is angled relative to the longitudinal axis of the lumen 230. The opening 230 can be positioned in the shaft 210 relative to the box 200 so that it is positioned at the front end, lower side, upper side and/or other side of the shaft 210. The distal region 212 of the shaft 210 can have a cross-sectional shape of a circle, an ellipse, a rounded rectangle, a rectangle, a rounded square, a square, a diamond, a teardrop or other shape, and the distal end 216 has a varying end shape, including a blunt end, a bullet end, a scraper end or a pointed end. The distal region of the shaft 210 can have any of a variety of configurations known in the ophthalmic field.
轴210可用于在睫状体上腔内产生睫状体分离裂口。轴210的远端区域可以成形为形成裂口以及提供用于将材料传送到眼睛的睫状体上腔中的导管。例如使用推动器作为柱塞,轴210还可用于传送粘性材料,例如粘弹性流体,或非粘性材料,例如巩膜组织。例如,粘弹性材料可以在支架植入之前、期间和/或之后通过轴210传送到眼睛的区域。可以用外科小手术刀或其他工具形成角膜切口,并且轴210插入通过切口并且轴210的远端被导航到期望的位置以进行传送。轴210的远端可包括可用于分离组织层并在巩膜和睫状体之间的睫状体上腔中产生睫状体分离裂口的刮刀。远端的尺寸、表面光洁度和形状可以最大限度地减少创伤。轴210可以另外包括提供关于插入距离的用户信息的一个或多个标记。轴210的远端区域可以包括一个或多个标记,用于对轴210的舌部已经插入睫状体上腔中多深进行测角参考。该一个或多个标记可以被压印、蚀刻或其他类型的记号以及轴210上的一个或多个开窗,这将在下面更详细地进行描述。轴210的长度足以允许从颞部或上方位置使用该装置。Axis 210 can be used to produce a ciliary body separation rift in the ciliary body supracavity. The distal region of shaft 210 can be shaped to form a rift and provide a conduit for delivering material to the ciliary body supracavity of the eye. For example, using a pusher as a plunger, shaft 210 can also be used to deliver viscous materials, such as viscoelastic fluids, or non-viscous materials, such as scleral tissue. For example, viscoelastic materials can be delivered to the region of the eye by shaft 210 before, during and/or after stent implantation. A corneal incision can be formed with a surgical scalpel or other tool, and shaft 210 is inserted through the incision and the distal end of shaft 210 is navigated to a desired position for delivery. The distal end of shaft 210 can include a scraper that can be used to separate tissue layers and produce a ciliary body separation rift in the ciliary body supracavity between sclera and ciliary body. The size, surface finish and shape of the distal end can minimize trauma. Axis 210 can additionally include one or more marks that provide user information about the insertion distance. The distal region of the shaft 210 may include one or more markings for angulation reference of how deep the tongue of the shaft 210 has been inserted into the supraciliary cavity. The one or more markings may be stamped, etched, or other types of markings as well as one or more fenestrations on the shaft 210, which will be described in more detail below. The length of the shaft 210 is sufficient to allow the device to be used from a temporal or superior position.
盒200的轴210的尺寸和形状构造成用于通过清晰的角膜切口内路传送,以允许支架105从轴210的远端穿出。在至少一些实施方式中,轴210的远端区域212的尺寸设计成延伸通过长度约为1mm的切口。在另一种实施方式中,轴210的远端区域212的尺寸设计成延伸通过长度不大于约2.5mm的切口。在另一种实施方式中,轴210的远端区域212的尺寸设计成延伸通过长度在1.5mm至2.85mm之间的切口。在一些实施方式中,轴210的最大外径不大于1.3mm。轴210的最远末端216可以是钝的或锋利的。轴210的钝的最远末端216允许在眼组织之间进行解剖,而无需穿透或切割组织以定位支架105。例如,轴210的最远末端216可以构造成在睫状体CB和巩膜S(例如,睫状体上腔)之间钝解剖,而支架105在钝解剖期间保持完全包裹在轴210内。在一种备选实施方式中,轴210的最远末端216具有锋利的切割构造,用于通过巩膜壁解剖应用和植入到结膜下空间中。在另外又一个实施例中,最远末端216可以具有用于解剖和植入施累姆氏管或经巩膜植入的切割构造。The shaft 210 of the cartridge 200 is sized and shaped to be delivered through a clear corneal incision to allow the stent 105 to pass through the distal end of the shaft 210. In at least some embodiments, the distal region 212 of the shaft 210 is sized to extend through an incision of about 1 mm in length. In another embodiment, the distal region 212 of the shaft 210 is sized to extend through an incision of no more than about 2.5 mm in length. In another embodiment, the distal region 212 of the shaft 210 is sized to extend through an incision of between 1.5 mm and 2.85 mm in length. In some embodiments, the maximum outer diameter of the shaft 210 is no greater than 1.3 mm. The distal end 216 of the shaft 210 can be blunt or sharp. The blunt distal end 216 of the shaft 210 allows dissection between ocular tissues without penetrating or cutting tissue to position the stent 105. For example, the distal end 216 of the shaft 210 can be configured to bluntly dissect between the ciliary body CB and the sclera S (e.g., the supraciliary space), while the stent 105 remains completely enclosed within the shaft 210 during the blunt dissection. In an alternative embodiment, the distal end 216 of the shaft 210 has a sharp cutting structure for application and implantation through the scleral wall dissection into the subconjunctival space. In yet another embodiment, the distal end 216 can have a cutting structure for dissecting and implanting Schlemm's canal or transscleral implantation.
轴210可以是不大于约18G(0.050”OD,0.033”ID)、20G(0.036”OD,0.023”ID)、21G(0.032”OD,0.020”ID)、22G(0.028”OD,0.016”ID)、23G(0.025”OD,0.013”ID)、25G(0.020”OD,0.010”ID)、27G(0.016”OD,0.008”ID)、30G(0.012”OD,0.006”ID)或32G(0.009”OD,0.004”ID)的海波管。在一些实施方式中,轴210是具有小于约0.036”至约0.009”(0.230mm–0.900mm)的内径的海波管。轴210的内径可为约0.600-0.900mm。该系统可以结合600微米的轴210或800微米的轴210。根据特定的患者状况和临床需要,本文设想了轴210的其他尺寸。The shaft 210 can be a hypotube no greater than about 18G (0.050" OD, 0.033" ID), 20G (0.036" OD, 0.023" ID), 21G (0.032" OD, 0.020" ID), 22G (0.028" OD, 0.016" ID), 23G (0.025" OD, 0.013" ID), 25G (0.020" OD, 0.010" ID), 27G (0.016" OD, 0.008" ID), 30G (0.012" OD, 0.006" ID), or 32G (0.009" OD, 0.004" ID). In some embodiments, the shaft 210 is a hypotube having an inner diameter of less than about 0.036" to about 0.009" (0.230 mm - 0.900 mm). The inner diameter of the shaft 210 may be approximately 0.600-0.900 mm. The system may incorporate a 600 micron shaft 210 or an 800 micron shaft 210. Other sizes of shaft 210 are contemplated herein, depending on the specific patient condition and clinical needs.
在优选的实施方式中,本文所述的支架可以形成为没有任何内腔的实心材料条带,但应当理解,支架也可以包括内腔。因此,支架通常不能像许多常规青光眼分流器那样通过导丝传送。此外,本文所述的支架可由相对软的组织形成,该组织相较于由更刚性的聚合物或金属材料形成的典型的分流器更易碎。可以植入刚性分流器,从而使用分流器的远端在通过其插入分流器的组织的界面处产生钝性分离。本文所述的支架优选地使用可缩回的套管类型的注射器或引入管部署,一旦处于适当的解剖位置,其就可以缩回,从而使支架更温和地外部化和精确定位。本文描述的支架还可以通过向远侧推进推动器以将支架推出引入管来部署。推动器的远侧推进可以是在用户直接控制下的缓慢的增量推进,这取决于按钮的下压程度或滑块的推进程度。远侧推进可以足以将支架从内腔部署到组织中。在远侧推进优选地由用户以缓慢、增量的方式控制的情况下,近侧缩回可以是通过弹簧致动的机构实现的全有或全无类型(all-or-nothing sort)的致动。例如,如果用户由于除部署支架之外的多种原因中的任一种而希望快速移除装置的轴,则缩回可以相对较快。缩回不需要导致支架的部署。例如,在轴向近侧缩回之前,推动器可以相对于轴内部的支架向近侧撤回。如果需要,这可以将轴从裂口中撤回,同时支架保留在内腔内。In a preferred embodiment, the stent described herein can be formed as a solid material strip without any lumen, but it should be understood that the stent may also include a lumen. Therefore, the stent is generally not transmitted by a guide wire like many conventional glaucoma shunts. In addition, the stent described herein can be formed by relatively soft tissue, which is more fragile than a typical shunt formed by a more rigid polymer or metal material. A rigid shunt can be implanted, thereby using the distal end of the shunt to produce a blunt separation at the interface of the tissue through which the shunt is inserted. The stent described herein is preferably deployed using a retractable cannula type syringe or introduction tube, which can be retracted once in an appropriate anatomical position, so that the stent is more gently externalized and precisely positioned. The stent described herein can also be deployed by advancing the pusher distally to push the stent out of the introduction tube. The distal advancement of the pusher can be a slow incremental advancement under direct user control, depending on the degree of depression of the button or the degree of advancement of the slider. The distal advancement can be sufficient to deploy the stent from the lumen into the tissue. In the case where the distal advancement is preferably controlled by the user in a slow, incremental manner, the proximal retraction can be an all-or-nothing sort of actuation achieved by a spring-actuated mechanism. For example, if the user wishes to quickly remove the shaft of the device for any of a variety of reasons other than deploying the stent, the retraction can be relatively quick. The retraction need not result in the deployment of the stent. For example, before the shaft is retracted proximally, the pusher can be withdrawn proximally relative to the stent inside the shaft. If desired, this can withdraw the shaft from the breach while the stent remains in the lumen.
轴210的尺寸可以基于要植入的支架所需的尺寸来选择。支架105可以具有基本上填充轴210的内腔238(或支架通过其而传送的轴210的至少一部分的内腔)的尺寸,使得支架可以被向远侧推动通过该部分。在一些实施方式中,基本上填充内腔的支架被向远侧推动而不起皱或被损坏。在其他实施方式中,基本上填充内腔的支架以如下方式被向远侧推动通过轴210:将组织压紧成塞,该塞具有比从片块切割时的支架更致密的构造。支架105的宽度和高度尺寸与导管的内部尺寸之间的尺寸差或间隙可以高达支架105的尺寸的约200%。导管的最大尺寸和支架的最大尺寸105相关。例如,如果支架宽度约为1mm,则导管的最大尺寸可以为3mm,这导致支架宽度与导管外壁之间的总间隙为支架宽度的200%。该间隙可以小于支架105的最大尺寸的5-10%。通常,支架105和导管之间的间隙越小,将支架105推进通过导管的结果越好。如果轴210的截面积大于切割的支架105的截面积的200%,则支架105在其被推动穿过轴210以植入眼睛时会弯曲。轴210的截面积和支架105的截面积优选地基本上尺寸匹配。导管还可以涂有润滑或低摩擦材料(例如,特氟隆),以改善支架105在部署期间通过导管的前进。The size of shaft 210 can be selected based on the size required for the stent to be implanted.Stent 105 can have a size that substantially fills the lumen 238 of shaft 210 (or the lumen of at least a portion of shaft 210 through which the stent is transmitted) so that the stent can be pushed distally through the portion.In some embodiments, the stent substantially filled with the lumen is pushed distally without wrinkling or being damaged.In other embodiments, the stent substantially filled with the lumen is pushed distally through shaft 210 in the following manner: the tissue is compacted into a plug, which has a denser structure than the stent when cut from a piece.The size difference or gap between the width and height dimensions of stent 105 and the internal dimensions of the conduit can be up to about 200% of the size of stent 105.The maximum size of the conduit is related to the maximum size 105 of the stent.For example, if the stent width is about 1mm, the maximum size of the conduit can be 3mm, which results in a total gap between the stent width and the outer wall of the conduit being 200% of the stent width.The gap can be less than 5-10% of the maximum size of the stent 105. Generally, the smaller the gap between the stent 105 and the catheter, the better the result of advancing the stent 105 through the catheter. If the cross-sectional area of the shaft 210 is greater than 200% of the cross-sectional area of the cut stent 105, the stent 105 will bend when it is pushed through the shaft 210 for implantation in the eye. The cross-sectional area of the shaft 210 and the cross-sectional area of the stent 105 are preferably substantially matched in size. The catheter can also be coated with a lubricating or low friction material (e.g., Teflon) to improve the advancement of the stent 105 through the catheter during deployment.
轴210的横截面积也可以小于支架105的横截面积。如上所述,支架105可以被切割成相对于轴210的内径来说尺寸过大,使得支架105被压缩、压紧或以其他方式被最小程度低操作,以便通过管传送。可以将支架切割成具有与轴210的内部尺寸相比尺寸过大的第一尺寸。尺寸过大的支架可以例如通过用压紧工具或推杆420压紧而在轴内备好,使得支架105在导管内备好时呈现第二较小的尺寸。当支架105在眼睛中部署并且从轴210释放时,支架105可以实现接近其原始第一尺寸的第三尺寸。下面将更详细地描述传送和部署。The cross-sectional area of shaft 210 may also be smaller than the cross-sectional area of stent 105. As described above, stent 105 may be cut to be oversized relative to the inner diameter of shaft 210 so that stent 105 is compressed, compacted or otherwise minimally manipulated for delivery through a tube. Stents may be cut to have a first size that is oversized compared to the internal dimensions of shaft 210. Oversized stents may be prepared within the shaft, for example, by compacting with a compaction tool or push rod 420, so that stent 105 presents a second, smaller size when prepared within the catheter. When stent 105 is deployed in the eye and released from shaft 210, stent 105 may achieve a third size that is close to its original first size. Delivery and deployment will be described in more detail below.
轴210可以但不必是完全管状的,轴210的截面也不必是圆形的。例如,轴210的截面可以是圆形、椭圆形、正方形、矩形或其他几何形状。此外,轴210的整个长度不需要具有相同的截面形状或尺寸。例如,轴210的近端可以具有第一形状并且轴210的远端可以具有第二形状。图5A-5B示出了轴210的截面是矩形的。轴210的内腔238不必是完全封闭的通道。例如,轴210可以结合一个或多个开窗、开口、分段窗口或具有一个或多个间断的壁,使得穿过轴210的内腔238是部分封闭的通道。The shaft 210 can be but need not be completely tubular, and the cross section of the shaft 210 need not be circular. For example, the cross section of the shaft 210 can be circular, oval, square, rectangular or other geometric shapes. In addition, the entire length of the shaft 210 does not need to have the same cross-sectional shape or size. For example, the proximal end of the shaft 210 can have a first shape and the distal end of the shaft 210 can have a second shape. Figures 5A-5B show that the cross section of the shaft 210 is rectangular. The inner cavity 238 of the shaft 210 does not need to be a completely closed channel. For example, the shaft 210 can be combined with one or more fenestrations, openings, segmented windows or have one or more discontinuous walls so that the inner cavity 238 passing through the shaft 210 is a partially closed channel.
轴210中的一个或多个间断或开窗可以用允许目视检查轴210的内部的材料涂覆或覆盖。图16A-16C以及图17A-17E示出了构造成可逆地与传送装置联接的鼻锥组件274的实施方式。如本文别处所讨论的,传送装置400可包括近侧壳体405(本文也称为手柄或手持件)和至少一个致动器415。传送装置400还可包括远端侧接器413b,其构造为可逆地联接至鼻锥组件274。鼻锥组件274可包括具有近端区域和远端区域的鼻锥275。联接器413a可定位在鼻锥275的近端区域上,其构造为与传送装置400的远侧联接器413b可逆地接合。鼻锥组件274还可包括从鼻锥275的远端区域突出的管状轴210。管状远侧轴210可结合有由半透明或透明的材料覆盖的一个或多个开窗276,以便显露管状轴210的内腔238。该一个或多个开窗276可形成管状轴210的计量系统,其构造为识别管状轴210的插入深度和/或定位在内腔238内的植入物的特定尺寸(即,长度)。远侧鼻锥组件274在图16A中示出,并且图17B-17C中还与传送装置400分离,示出了近侧联接器413a,该近侧联接器413a可以是鼻锥275的近端区域上的卡口连接器,其构造为可逆地联接至传送装置400的远侧联接器。远侧轴210从鼻锥275的远端区域突出。One or more interruptions or fenestrations in the shaft 210 may be coated or covered with a material that allows visual inspection of the interior of the shaft 210. FIGS. 16A-16C and 17A-17E illustrate an embodiment of a nose cone assembly 274 configured to be reversibly coupled to a delivery device. As discussed elsewhere herein, the delivery device 400 may include a proximal housing 405 (also referred to herein as a handle or handpiece) and at least one actuator 415. The delivery device 400 may also include a distal side connector 413b configured to be reversibly coupled to the nose cone assembly 274. The nose cone assembly 274 may include a nose cone 275 having a proximal region and a distal region. A connector 413a may be positioned on the proximal region of the nose cone 275, configured to reversibly engage with a distal connector 413b of the delivery device 400. The nose cone assembly 274 may also include a tubular shaft 210 protruding from the distal region of the nose cone 275. The tubular distal shaft 210 may incorporate one or more fenestrations 276 covered by a translucent or transparent material to reveal the lumen 238 of the tubular shaft 210. The one or more fenestrations 276 may form a metering system for the tubular shaft 210 that is configured to identify the insertion depth of the tubular shaft 210 and/or a specific size (i.e., length) of an implant positioned within the lumen 238. The distal nose cone assembly 274 is shown in FIG. 16A and also separated from the delivery device 400 in FIGS. 17B-17C , showing a proximal coupler 413a, which may be a bayonet connector on a proximal region of the nose cone 275 that is configured to reversibly couple to a distal coupler of the delivery device 400. The distal shaft 210 protrudes from the distal region of the nose cone 275.
一个或多个开窗276可延伸通过远侧轴210的被透明材料覆盖的区域。开窗276可以由回流尼龙(reflowed nylon)覆盖以形成连续的平滑通道,其允许轴210内部的可视化。轴210可以包括引入管277,引入管277至少部分地由外管构件278封装。引入管277可由第一材料形成,并且外管构件278可由第二不同材料形成。第一材料可以是不锈钢或镍钛诺,第二材料可以是聚合物,例如尼龙。第一材料可以是不透明材料并且第二材料可以是相对半透明或透明的。引入管277可通过其侧壁结合有一个或多个开窗276,该一个或多个开窗276由外管构件278以允许用户透过外管构件278并透过引入管277看到以目视检查引入管277的内腔238的方式覆盖。开窗276允许用户在通过引入管277致动柱塞时看到植入物正在推进通过引入管277。开窗276还可以允许用户在部署之前评估植入物,例如植入物的长度。开窗276可以是已知尺寸或沿着引入管277延伸已知距离,使得用户可以通过将内腔238内的植入物的尺寸相对于(一个或多个)开窗276的已知尺寸进行比较来评估内腔238内的植入物的长度。因此,开窗可以在远侧轴上形成计量系统,其可用于了解插入深度和/或植入物在内腔内的长度。每个开窗276可以是约2mm-6mm长。结合有(一个或多个)开窗276的轴210的近侧部分的长度可以在约4mm至约8mm之间。开窗276可在轴210任一侧延伸通过侧壁,使得用户可从不同取向检查内腔238。开窗276的形状和尺寸可以变化。在一些实施方式中,开窗276是如图16A所示的矩形,但它们可以是多种几何形状中的任何形状。外管构件278的材料可填充引入管277的开窗276以保持平滑且连续的管状内径。这防止引入管277的内腔238内的植入物被卡住或被阻止穿过内腔238朝向轴210的远端区域212滑动。One or more fenestrations 276 may extend through the area of the distal shaft 210 covered by the transparent material. The fenestrations 276 may be covered by reflowed nylon to form a continuous smooth channel that allows visualization of the interior of the shaft 210. The shaft 210 may include an introduction tube 277 that is at least partially encapsulated by an outer tubular member 278. The introduction tube 277 may be formed of a first material and the outer tubular member 278 may be formed of a second different material. The first material may be stainless steel or nitinol and the second material may be a polymer, such as nylon. The first material may be an opaque material and the second material may be relatively translucent or transparent. The introduction tube 277 may be combined with one or more fenestrations 276 through its sidewall that are covered by the outer tubular member 278 to allow a user to see through the outer tubular member 278 and through the introduction tube 277 to visually inspect the lumen 238 of the introduction tube 277. The fenestrations 276 allow the user to see that the implant is being advanced through the introduction tube 277 when the plunger is actuated through the introduction tube 277. The fenestration 276 can also allow the user to evaluate the implant, such as the length of the implant, before deployment. The fenestration 276 can be a known size or extend a known distance along the introduction tube 277, so that the user can evaluate the length of the implant in the lumen 238 by comparing the size of the implant in the lumen 238 with respect to the known size of (one or more) fenestrations 276. Therefore, the fenestration can form a metering system on the distal shaft, which can be used to understand the insertion depth and/or the length of the implant in the lumen. Each fenestration 276 can be about 2mm-6mm long. The length of the proximal portion of the shaft 210 incorporating (one or more) fenestrations 276 can be between about 4mm and about 8mm. The fenestration 276 can extend through the sidewall on either side of the shaft 210, so that the user can check the lumen 238 from different orientations. The shape and size of the fenestration 276 can vary. In some embodiments, the fenestration 276 is a rectangle as shown in Figure 16A, but they can be any of a variety of geometric shapes. The material of the outer tube member 278 can fill the fenestration 276 of the introduction tube 277 to maintain a smooth and continuous tubular inner diameter. This prevents the implant within the lumen 238 of the introduction tube 277 from becoming stuck or otherwise prevented from sliding through the lumen 238 toward the distal end region 212 of the shaft 210 .
再次参考图16A-16C,轴210可包括沿着纵向轴线A延伸的近侧部分和远离纵向轴线A弯曲或屈曲的开窗276远侧的远端区域212。轴的远端区域212是轴210的近端区域的切线弧,其半径在10-20mm之间,优选地约为10-15mm,优选地约为12mm。弯曲的远端区域212可被结合在具有或不具有开窗276的轴210中。开窗276可沿着轴210的靠近弯曲部或屈曲部的基本笔直的近侧部分定位。轴210的远端区域212可以是半透明的或透明的和/或将其他窗口结合到轴210的内腔238中。在一个实施方式中,引入管277终止于轴210的弯曲部或屈曲部的远侧,并且外管构件278延伸超过引入管277的终端(参见图16C)。因此,轴210的远端区域212可以仅由外管构件278形成。如上所述,外管构件278可以是透明或半透明材料,例如尼龙或允许目视检查轴内腔238的其他聚合材料。透明的远端区域212可以类似地平滑,以便保持从金属引入管277到聚合物远侧末端的平滑过渡。平滑过渡防止内腔238内的植入物在部署期间变得不对准或卡住。远端区域212可从轴210的近侧部分向下弯曲,使得来自轴210的远侧开口230围绕与可围绕第一纵向轴线A的进入轴210的近侧开口280不同的纵向轴线A’。透明的远端区域212可具有约5mm或约3mm至约7mm之间的长度。来自内腔238的远侧开口230可呈倾斜角度以增加开口230的尺寸,其可为约1.5mm至约2mm。远端区域212的斜面可以在10-45度之间,优选地为约12-16度。轴210的最远端216可形成厚度为约0.10mm-0.20mm、优选厚度为约0.15mm的平坦面。通常,轴210的最远端216不被设计成在眼组织中切割或形成穿孔,而是用于在组织之间进行钝性解剖或分离。轴210的远端区域212优选地不包含锋利边缘。Referring again to FIGS. 16A-16C , the shaft 210 may include a proximal portion extending along the longitudinal axis A and a distal region 212 distal to a fenestration 276 that is curved or bent away from the longitudinal axis A. The distal region 212 of the shaft is a tangent arc of the proximal region of the shaft 210, with a radius between 10-20 mm, preferably about 10-15 mm, preferably about 12 mm. The curved distal region 212 may be incorporated into the shaft 210 with or without a fenestration 276. The fenestration 276 may be positioned along a substantially straight proximal portion of the shaft 210 near the bend or bend. The distal region 212 of the shaft 210 may be translucent or transparent and/or incorporate other windows into the lumen 238 of the shaft 210. In one embodiment, the introduction tube 277 terminates distal to the bend or bend of the shaft 210, and the outer tubular member 278 extends beyond the terminal end of the introduction tube 277 (see FIG. 16C ). Thus, the distal region 212 of the shaft 210 can be formed only by the outer tube member 278. As described above, the outer tube member 278 can be a transparent or translucent material, such as nylon or other polymeric materials that allow visual inspection of the shaft lumen 238. The transparent distal region 212 can be similarly smooth so as to maintain a smooth transition from the metal introduction tube 277 to the polymer distal end. The smooth transition prevents the implant in the lumen 238 from becoming misaligned or stuck during deployment. The distal region 212 can be bent downward from the proximal portion of the shaft 210 so that the distal opening 230 from the shaft 210 is around a longitudinal axis A' different from the proximal opening 280 of the entry shaft 210 that can be around the first longitudinal axis A. The transparent distal region 212 can have a length between about 5mm or about 3mm to about 7mm. The distal opening 230 from the lumen 238 can be angled to increase the size of the opening 230, which can be about 1.5mm to about 2mm. The bevel of the distal region 212 can be between 10-45 degrees, preferably about 12-16 degrees. The distal-most end 216 of the shaft 210 can be formed with a flat surface having a thickness of about 0.10 mm-0.20 mm, preferably about 0.15 mm. Generally, the distal-most end 216 of the shaft 210 is not designed to cut or perforate in ocular tissue, but is used for blunt dissection or separation between tissues. The distal region 212 of the shaft 210 preferably does not contain sharp edges.
如本文别处所述,轴210可包括内推动器或推杆420(参见图12C-12D和图17E-17I)。推杆420可以由镍钛诺、不锈钢、或者单丝或编织部件形成。推杆420可以是没有内腔的完全圆柱体元件,其延伸通过轴210的内腔238,以便抵靠支架105的近端接合。推杆420具有足够柔性,以绕远端区域附近的曲率平移穿过轴210的内腔238,并且还足够硬挺以抵靠内腔238内的切割的支架105承载,以导致支架105部署在眼睛中。推杆420沿其长度可具有外径差,以提高其相对于轴210的柔性,特别是在轴210具有弯曲的远端区域212的情况下。如上所述,轴210可在远端区域附近弯曲,从而形成半径在10-20mm之间、或者优选地为约12mm的切线弧。推杆420的几何形状可以在其长度上改变以提供改进的柔性从而适应当弯曲。在一个实施方式中,推杆420可以在近端和远端之间经历外径变化(参见图17F)。推杆420的远端区域440可具有大于推杆420的中间区域442的外径的最大外径。推杆420的中间区域442的较小外径被设计成以引导外轴210的远端区域212的弯曲部。推杆420可在各部段之间减缩,使得每个区域的外径朝向相邻区域的不同外径逐渐变化。推杆420的远端区域440的较大外径允许较大的表面区域抵接内腔238内的切割的支架。如果推杆420的远侧末端441的外径太小,则远侧末端441将可能刺穿支架105而不是提供抵靠支架105的承载表面。远端区域440的外径可以是约0.525mm-0.575mm,并且中间区域442的外径可以是缩窄至约0.200mm–0.300mm。远端区域和近端区域的外径可以相同。中间区域442的长度可以变化,但可以是约8mm-10mm。通常,中间区域442的长度比远端区域440的长度长。远端区域440可以是约2mm-5mm。推杆420的构造为保留在轴210的笔直的部分内的近端区域444可以比中间区域442硬挺,并且被设计为联接到传送装置400的壳体405上的致动器415。图17G示出了联接至壳体405的致动器415a的推杆420的近端区域444。As described elsewhere herein, the shaft 210 may include an inner pusher or push rod 420 (see FIGS. 12C-12D and 17E-17I). The push rod 420 may be formed of nitinol, stainless steel, or a monofilament or braided component. The push rod 420 may be a completely cylindrical element without an inner cavity that extends through the inner cavity 238 of the shaft 210 so as to engage against the proximal end of the stent 105. The push rod 420 is flexible enough to translate through the inner cavity 238 of the shaft 210 around the curvature near the distal region, and is also stiff enough to bear against the cut stent 105 within the inner cavity 238 to cause the stent 105 to be deployed in the eye. The push rod 420 may have an outer diameter difference along its length to increase its flexibility relative to the shaft 210, particularly in the case where the shaft 210 has a curved distal region 212. As described above, the shaft 210 may be curved near the distal region to form a tangent arc with a radius between 10-20 mm, or preferably about 12 mm. The geometry of the push rod 420 can be changed over its length to provide improved flexibility to accommodate bending. In one embodiment, the push rod 420 can undergo an outer diameter change between the proximal end and the distal end (see Figure 17F). The distal region 440 of the push rod 420 may have a maximum outer diameter greater than the outer diameter of the middle region 442 of the push rod 420. The smaller outer diameter of the middle region 442 of the push rod 420 is designed to guide the bend of the distal region 212 of the outer shaft 210. The push rod 420 can be reduced between sections so that the outer diameter of each region gradually changes toward the different outer diameters of the adjacent regions. The larger outer diameter of the distal region 440 of the push rod 420 allows a larger surface area to abut the cut stent in the inner cavity 238. If the outer diameter of the distal end 441 of the push rod 420 is too small, the distal end 441 will likely pierce the stent 105 instead of providing a bearing surface against the stent 105. The outer diameter of the distal region 440 can be about 0.525mm-0.575mm, and the outer diameter of the middle region 442 can be narrowed to about 0.200mm-0.300mm. The outer diameters of the distal region and the proximal region can be the same. The length of the middle region 442 can vary, but can be about 8mm-10mm. Typically, the length of the middle region 442 is longer than the length of the distal region 440. The distal region 440 can be about 2mm-5mm. The proximal region 444 of the push rod 420 that is configured to remain within the straight portion of the shaft 210 can be stiffer than the middle region 442 and is designed to be coupled to the actuator 415 on the housing 405 of the delivery device 400. Figure 17G shows the proximal region 444 of the push rod 420 coupled to the actuator 415a of the housing 405.
盒可以但不必被构造成在用切割装置300切割之前保持材料的片块101。材料的片块101可以保持在切割装置的区域内。再次参见图3A-3C还有图7A-7C,盒200的近侧部分207可以包括基部224。基部224的远端区域可以联接到轴210。基部224的近端区域可以包括凹部221,凹部221构造成接收材料的片块101。凹部221可以包括倒V形形状的突起271,该突起271可以从凹部221的中心线向上突出,其向上推动材料的片块101的中心线,同时允许材料的片块101的侧面向下悬到中心线两侧的相应通道270中。图7A-7C示出了盒200的近侧部分207可以可逆地联接到包括轴210和鼻锥274的鼻锥组件。The box can, but need not be, configured to hold a piece 101 of material prior to cutting with the cutting device 300. The piece 101 of material can be held within the area of the cutting device. Referring again to FIGS. 3A-3C and FIGS. 7A-7C , the proximal portion 207 of the box 200 can include a base 224. The distal region of the base 224 can be coupled to the shaft 210. The proximal region of the base 224 can include a recess 221 configured to receive the piece 101 of material. The recess 221 can include an inverted V-shaped protrusion 271 that protrudes upward from the centerline of the recess 221, which pushes the centerline of the piece 101 of material upward while allowing the sides of the piece 101 of material to hang downward into corresponding channels 270 on both sides of the centerline. FIGS. 7A-7C show that the proximal portion 207 of the box 200 can be reversibly coupled to a nose cone assembly including the shaft 210 and the nose cone 274.
基部224构造成与盖214配合,并至少部分地包围容纳材料的片块101的凹部221。盖214构造成接合材料的片块101的至少某部分,以在例如用切割装置300切割片块101之前和期间稳定组织。在一种实施方式中,基部224可以包括在基部225的上表面中的狭槽215,狭槽215的尺寸和形状设计成用于接收盖214。盖214滑过狭槽215,直到盖214的下表面抵靠基部224的接收表面218。盖214的下表面和基部224的接收表面218之间的接触确保凹部221内的材料的片块101的中心线在突起271处与盖214的下表面接触(参见图3C)。The base 224 is configured to cooperate with the cover 214 and at least partially surround the recess 221 containing the piece 101 of material. The cover 214 is configured to engage at least some portion of the piece 101 of material to stabilize the tissue before and during cutting of the piece 101, for example, with the cutting device 300. In one embodiment, the base 224 can include a slot 215 in the upper surface of the base 225, and the slot 215 is sized and shaped to receive the cover 214. The cover 214 slides through the slot 215 until the lower surface of the cover 214 abuts the receiving surface 218 of the base 224. The contact between the lower surface of the cover 214 and the receiving surface 218 of the base 224 ensures that the centerline of the piece 101 of material within the recess 221 contacts the lower surface of the cover 214 at the protrusion 271 (see Figure 3C).
盖214作为可完全从基部224移除的元件在图3A-3C中示出。盖214和基部224可以可选地通过铰链或其他机械特征联接在一起。例如,盖214可以围绕铰链的枢轴线旋转,并且即使在处于显露凹部221的构造时也保持连接到基部224。图7A-7C示出了通过在盖214(图7A)的前端施加向下压力以打开盖214并且在盖214的后端施加向下压力以闭合盖214(图7C),盖214可以在打开和闭合构造之间切换。例如,盖214可以被提升成打开构造,显露基部224的凹部221,材料的片块101可以定位在该凹部221内。当盖214被定位回到闭合构造时,片块101可以在盖214和基部224之间被压缩和/或张紧。一旦盖处于闭合构造,盒200就可以插入切割装置300的容座306内(参见图8)。The cover 214 is shown in FIGS. 3A-3C as an element that can be completely removed from the base 224. The cover 214 and the base 224 can be optionally connected together by a hinge or other mechanical features. For example, the cover 214 can rotate around the pivot axis of the hinge and remain connected to the base 224 even when in a configuration that exposes the recess 221. FIGS. 7A-7C show that the cover 214 can be switched between an open and closed configuration by applying downward pressure at the front end of the cover 214 (FIG. 7A) to open the cover 214 and applying downward pressure at the rear end of the cover 214 to close the cover 214 (FIG. 7C). For example, the cover 214 can be lifted into an open configuration, exposing the recess 221 of the base 224, and the piece 101 of the material can be positioned in the recess 221. When the cover 214 is positioned back to the closed configuration, the piece 101 can be compressed and/or tensioned between the cover 214 and the base 224. Once the lid is in the closed configuration, the cartridge 200 may be inserted into the receptacle 306 of the cutting device 300 (see FIG. 8 ).
盖214(或某个其他元件)可以构造成在材料的片块101的至少一部分上附加地施加一定量的张力,例如在切割发生之前从材料的片块101的中心线向外拉展,如2020年6月30日颁发的美国专利No.10,695,218中所述,其通过引用以其整体并入本文。The cover 214 (or some other element) can be configured to additionally apply a certain amount of tension to at least a portion of the piece of material 101, such as by pulling it outward from the centerline of the piece of material 101 before cutting occurs, as described in U.S. Patent No. 10,695,218, issued on June 30, 2020, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
材料的片块101可以由用户在手术时插入到盒200中。材料的片块101可以按近似于基部224内的凹部221尺寸的尺寸来提供。用户可以在将材料的片块101安装到凹部221中之前对其进行修剪。替代地,可以按预装有位于凹部内的材料的片块101的方式来提供盒200。The piece 101 of material may be inserted into the cassette 200 by the user during surgery. The piece 101 of material may be provided in a size approximating the size of the recess 221 in the base 224. The user may trim the piece 101 of material before installing it in the recess 221. Alternatively, the cassette 200 may be provided pre-loaded with the piece 101 of material located in the recess.
如本文其他地方所提到的,盒不需要构造成保持材料的片块101以由切割装置300切割。而是,切割装置300可以构造成保持材料的片块101以用于切割,并且然后将切割的支架转移到联接至切割装置300的盒中。图10A-10C并且还有图16A、17B-17C示出了盒200的一种实施方式,该盒200形成具有轴210的鼻锥274,切割的支架可以在插入眼睛之前装载到该轴210中。鼻锥274可以可逆地联接到具有集成的装载部件的切割装置300,或者可以可逆地与装载装置600联接,装载装置600构造成向轴210装载切割的支架。一旦装载有切割的支架,盒200就可以从切割装置300或装载装置600移除使得其可以与传送装置400联接。盒200可以相对于切割装置300定位,切割装置300构造成保持材料的片块101并将其切割成支架105。替代地,盒200可相对于装载装置定位,该装载装置构造成接收切割的支架并将该支架装载到轴210中。切割装置300(或装载装置)与盒200之间的联接可以使远侧轴210的纵向轴线相对于装置的区域对准,使得切割的支架105可以例如用杆或其他工具转移到远侧轴210中,下文将更详细地描述它。具有位于其内部的支架105的远侧轴210的盒200然后可以与切割装置300或装载装置600分离,并被转移到传送装置400的一部分。因此,盒200不需要包括构造成保持材料的片块101以便切割的部分,而是包括可以交替地与切割装置300或装载装置600的区域和传送装置400的区域联接的可转移部分。在提及具有集成的装载部件的切割装置300的情况下,该切割装置300不需要结合有装载部件。而是,可以使用单独的装载装置600,其构造成与盒200联接,以在将盒200与传送装置400联接之前将切割的支架转移到盒200中。这些实施例中的每一个将在下面更详细地进行描述。As mentioned elsewhere herein, the cartridge need not be configured to hold a piece of material 101 for cutting by the cutting device 300. Rather, the cutting device 300 can be configured to hold a piece of material 101 for cutting, and then transfer the cut stent to a cartridge coupled to the cutting device 300. FIGS. 10A-10C and also FIGS. 16A, 17B-17C illustrate one embodiment of a cartridge 200 forming a nose cone 274 having a shaft 210 into which the cut stent can be loaded prior to insertion into the eye. The nose cone 274 can be reversibly coupled to the cutting device 300 having an integrated loading component, or can be reversibly coupled to a loading device 600 configured to load the shaft 210 with the cut stent. Once loaded with the cut stent, the cartridge 200 can be removed from the cutting device 300 or loading device 600 so that it can be coupled to the transfer device 400. The cartridge 200 can be positioned relative to a cutting device 300 configured to hold a piece of material 101 and cut it into stents 105. Alternatively, the cartridge 200 can be positioned relative to a loading device configured to receive a cut stent and load the stent into the shaft 210. The coupling between the cutting device 300 (or loading device) and the cartridge 200 can align the longitudinal axis of the distal shaft 210 relative to a region of the device so that the cut stent 105 can be transferred into the distal shaft 210, for example, with a rod or other tool, as will be described in more detail below. The cartridge 200 with the distal shaft 210 with the stent 105 located therein can then be separated from the cutting device 300 or loading device 600 and transferred to a portion of the transport device 400. Thus, the cartridge 200 need not include a portion configured to hold a piece of material 101 for cutting, but rather includes a transferable portion that can alternately couple with a region of the cutting device 300 or loading device 600 and a region of the transport device 400. Where reference is made to a cutting device 300 having an integrated loading component, the cutting device 300 need not be incorporated with a loading component. Rather, a separate loading device 600 may be used that is configured to couple with the cassette 200 to transfer the cut stents into the cassette 200 prior to coupling the cassette 200 with the transport device 400. Each of these embodiments will be described in more detail below.
图4A-4J还有图8示出了切割装置300的实施方式,该切割装置300具有用于从材料的片块101切割支架的切割组件。图14A-14H图示了可以结合到切割装置300中的切割组件500的多种实施方式。切割装置300构造成将具有第一轮廓或形状(例如,较宽的方形片材或材料的片块)的材料的片块101的生物衍生组织切割或以其他方式制备成符合具有本文所述尺寸的可植入支架105的第二轮廓或形状(例如,较窄的矩形材料条带)。使用本文所述的切割装置300执行的切割可以涉及铡切、冲压、旋转、滑动、滚动或枢转刀片切割运动。在一些实施方式中,正交于材料的片块的平面执行切割。在一些实施方式中,沿着植入物的导管沿轴向执行切割,使得切割轴线可以对齐、在植入物导管内或平行于植入物导管,以允许无阻碍的组织装载和转移以进行植入,而无需操纵、撕裂或损坏易碎的支架组织。Fig. 4A-4J also has Fig. 8 and shows the embodiment of cutting device 300, and this cutting device 300 has the cutting assembly for cutting the support from the piece 101 of material.Fig. 14A-14H illustrates the various embodiments of the cutting assembly 500 that can be incorporated into cutting device 300.Cutting device 300 is configured to cut or otherwise prepare the bio-derived tissue of the piece 101 of material with first profile or shape (for example, wider square sheet or piece of material) into the second profile or shape (for example, narrower rectangular material strip) that meets the implantable support 105 with the size described herein.The cutting performed using cutting device 300 as described herein can involve guillotine cutting, punching, rotating, sliding, rolling or pivoting blade cutting motion.In some embodiments, the plane orthogonal to the piece of material performs cutting.In some embodiments, the cutting is performed axially along the catheter of the implant so that the cutting axis can be aligned, in the implant catheter or parallel to the implant catheter to allow unimpeded tissue loading and transfer to implant without manipulation, tearing or damaging fragile support tissue.
如上所述,切割过程之前是组织固定步骤,其中形成支架的生物衍生组织被牢固地固定在两个并置的平面表面之间,以确保组织没有起皱或畸形,并且随后的切割具有准确的尺寸。固定可任选地在至少一个平面内提供组织的压缩以及张紧或拉伸,以确保干净地切割组织。切割组件500可以在切割之前保持材料的片块101,或者材料的片块101可以在被切割组件500切割之前保持在组织盒200的区域内。在一些实施方式中,切割装置300与盒200的盖214组合一起可以结合从前到后的捕获,使得待切割的材料101保持固定在z平面上,从而防止在组织与切割构件312接合之前移动。As described above, the cutting process is preceded by a tissue fixation step, in which the biologically derived tissue forming the scaffold is securely fixed between two juxtaposed planar surfaces to ensure that the tissue is not wrinkled or deformed and that subsequent cutting has accurate dimensions. The fixation can optionally provide compression and tension or stretching of the tissue in at least one plane to ensure clean cutting of the tissue. The cutting assembly 500 can hold the piece 101 of the material before cutting, or the piece 101 of the material can be kept in the area of the tissue cassette 200 before being cut by the cutting assembly 500. In some embodiments, the cutting device 300 combined with the cover 214 of the cassette 200 can be combined with a front-to-back capture so that the material 101 to be cut remains fixed in the z plane, thereby preventing movement before the tissue engages with the cutting member 312.
切割可以在盒200内形成的路径或导管内执行。因此,从材料的片块101切割的植入物105可以同时或随后将植入物105定位在用于传送的导管内,或将植入物105与用于传送的导管对准,从而切割的植入物105可以通过导管传送到眼睛,而切割的植入物105不需要从盒200转移。The cutting can be performed within a path or conduit formed within the cartridge 200. Thus, the implant 105 cut from the piece of material 101 can be simultaneously or subsequently positioned within or aligned with a conduit for delivery, such that the cut implant 105 can be delivered to the eye via the conduit without the cut implant 105 needing to be transferred from the cartridge 200.
作为示例,保持在盒200的凹部221内的材料的片块101由切割装置300的切割构件312切割,在盒的凹部221内形成切割的支架105,该切割的支架可以从凹部221向远侧推动进入盒200的轴210的内腔238,因此其可以被部署到眼睛中,而完全无需从盒200或至少盒200的远侧部分205移除切割的支架105。As an example, a piece 101 of material retained in the recess 221 of the box 200 is cut by the cutting member 312 of the cutting device 300, forming a cut stent 105 in the recess 221 of the box, which can be pushed distally from the recess 221 into the inner cavity 238 of the shaft 210 of the box 200, so that it can be deployed into the eye without having to remove the cut stent 105 from the box 200 or at least the distal portion 205 of the box 200.
参考图4A-4B还有图6,切割装置300可以包括具有远侧部分305和近侧部分307的基部302。远侧部分305可以包括远侧开口或容座306,其尺寸和形状设计成用于接收盒200的近侧部分207。容座306的内径可以足以接收近侧部分207的外部尺寸,使得近侧部分207可以插入容座306内一段距离。盒200的盖214定位在狭槽215内以将材料的片块101保持在凹部221内。盖214的上表面可以在基部224的上表面之上延伸,使得近侧部分207的外部尺寸是带键的(keyed)。换言之,盒200的外部尺寸是带键的,并且只能以单个取向(例如,位于上侧的盖214)插入切割装置300的容座306内。4A-4B and also FIG. 6, the cutting device 300 may include a base 302 having a distal portion 305 and a proximal portion 307. The distal portion 305 may include a distal opening or receptacle 306, which is sized and shaped to receive the proximal portion 207 of the box 200. The inner diameter of the receptacle 306 may be sufficient to receive the outer dimensions of the proximal portion 207 so that the proximal portion 207 can be inserted into the receptacle 306 for a distance. The cover 214 of the box 200 is positioned in the slot 215 to hold the piece 101 of the material in the recess 221. The upper surface of the cover 214 may extend above the upper surface of the base 224 so that the outer dimensions of the proximal portion 207 are keyed. In other words, the outer dimensions of the box 200 are keyed and can only be inserted into the receptacle 306 of the cutting device 300 in a single orientation (e.g., the cover 214 is located on the upper side).
切割装置300可以附加地包括切割组件500,该切割组件500具有切割构件312,切割构件312构造成将盒的凹部221内的材料的片块101切割成支架105(参见图4C)。切割构件312的构造可以变化。在这种构造中,切割构件312可至少包括第一刀片344a和与第一刀片344a隔开一段距离的第二刀片344b。当盒200安装在切割装置300的容座306内时,第一和第二刀片344a、344b可以定位在材料的片块101上方。切割构件312的致动导致第一和第二刀片344a、344b被推向被切穿厚度的材料的片块101,从而形成支架105。刀片344a、344b可以具有沿盒200的纵向轴线A的、足以切割材料的片块101的全长的宽度。刀片344a、344b之间的距离可以设计成实现切割的支架105期望的宽度。刀片344a、344b可以彼此平行地定位或者可以成角度。刀片344a、344b可相对于彼此成角度和/或相对于待切割的组织成角度。使刀片成角度提高了组织切割的再现性,使得从片块101形成非常笔直的组织片,而沿着新切割支架的侧面没有任何隆起。下面将更详细地描述刀片的成角度。切割构件312还可以仅包括单个刀片344,该单个刀片344构造成将支架从材料的片块101修剪成一定尺寸。替代地,在切割之前用于接收材料的片块101的凹部221不需要位于盒200内,而是可以位于切割装置300的区域内,这将在本文中更详细地进行描述。The cutting device 300 may additionally include a cutting assembly 500 having a cutting member 312 configured to cut the piece 101 of material in the recess 221 of the box into a bracket 105 (see FIG. 4C ). The configuration of the cutting member 312 may vary. In this configuration, the cutting member 312 may include at least a first blade 344a and a second blade 344b spaced a distance from the first blade 344a. When the box 200 is mounted in the receptacle 306 of the cutting device 300, the first and second blades 344a, 344b may be positioned above the piece 101 of material. The actuation of the cutting member 312 causes the first and second blades 344a, 344b to be pushed toward the piece 101 of material cut through the thickness, thereby forming the bracket 105. The blades 344a, 344b may have a width along the longitudinal axis A of the box 200 sufficient to cut the full length of the piece 101 of material. The distance between the blades 344a, 344b can be designed to achieve the desired width of the support 105 of the cutting. The blades 344a, 344b can be positioned parallel to each other or can be angled. The blades 344a, 344b can be angled relative to each other and/or relative to the tissue to be cut. Angling the blades improves the reproducibility of tissue cutting, so that a very straight tissue piece is formed from the piece 101, without any ridge along the side of the newly cut support. The angle of the blade will be described in more detail below. The cutting member 312 can also include only a single blade 344, which is configured to trim the support from the piece 101 of material to a certain size. Alternatively, the recess 221 for receiving the piece 101 of material before cutting does not need to be located in the box 200, but can be located in the region of the cutting device 300, which will be described in more detail herein.
在一些实施方式中,刀片344a、344b可以定位在待切割材料的片块101上方,并且对应的下部刀片345a、345b可以定位在材料的片块101下方。因此,当刀片344a、344b被向下推向材料的片块101时,它们将材料的片块101推向下部刀片345a、345b,使得对应的上部刀片和下部刀片在两个位置完全切穿材料101,从而产生支架105。In some embodiments, the blades 344a, 344b can be positioned above the piece 101 of material to be cut, and the corresponding lower blades 345a, 345b can be positioned below the piece 101 of material. Thus, when the blades 344a, 344b are pushed downwardly toward the piece 101 of material, they push the piece 101 of material toward the lower blades 345a, 345b, causing the corresponding upper and lower blades to completely cut through the material 101 at two locations, thereby creating a bracket 105.
切割构件312可由用户致动以移动刀片。切割装置300可以包括一个或多个手柄343,该手柄343可移动地连接到基部302,以致动切割构件312。(一个或多个)手柄343可以通过铰链317连接,使得手柄343相对于基部302围绕铰链317的枢轴线P旋转。例如,手柄343可以被提升以枢转成如图4A所示的打开构造,并围绕枢轴线P旋转回到如图4B中所示的切割构造。The cutting member 312 can be actuated by a user to move the blade. The cutting device 300 can include one or more handles 343 that are movably connected to the base 302 to actuate the cutting member 312. The handles 343 can be connected by hinges 317 so that the handles 343 rotate relative to the base 302 around the pivot axis P of the hinge 317. For example, the handles 343 can be lifted to pivot into an open configuration as shown in FIG. 4A and rotated around the pivot axis P back to the cutting configuration as shown in FIG. 4B.
当手柄343被提升到打开构造并且切割构件312被定位成远离切割构造时,可以将盒200插入切割装置300的容座306内。如图4D-4E中最佳所示,可将盒200滑入容座306中以将保持材料的片块101的凹部221定位在上部刀片344a、344b下方和下部刀片345a、345b上方。将材料的片块101保持在凹部221内的盖214可以包括上部220,该上部220渐缩至较窄的下部222。盖214的下部222与凹部221的突起271对准,并将材料101片块卡在其间。当盒200安装有切割装置300时,盖214的上部220可以在上部刀片344a、344b上方滑动。盖214的下部222的尺寸设计成当盒200插入切割装置300的容座306内时在上部刀片344a、344b之间滑动。图4D示出了上部刀片344a、344b与下部刀片345a、345b隔开一段距离,并且盖214的狭窄的下部222位于它们之间。图4E示出了手柄343向下旋转回到切割构造,并且上部刀片344a、344b向下朝向材料的片块101和朝向下部刀片345a、345被推动。材料的片块101被相应的上部刀片和下部刀片切割,从而形成支架105。上部刀片和下部刀片之间的距离决定了从材料的片块101切割的支架105的宽度。When handle 343 is lifted to open configuration and cutting member 312 is positioned away from cutting configuration, box 200 can be inserted into receptacle 306 of cutting device 300. As best shown in Fig. 4D-4E, box 200 can be slid into receptacle 306 to position recess 221 of sheet 101 of material to be kept below upper blade 344a, 344b and above lower blade 345a, 345b. The cover 214 that sheet 101 of material is kept in recess 221 can include upper part 220, and this upper part 220 tapers to narrower lower part 222. Lower part 222 of cover 214 is aligned with protrusion 271 of recess 221, and sheet 101 of material is stuck therebetween. When box 200 is installed with cutting device 300, upper part 220 of cover 214 can slide above upper blade 344a, 344b. The size of the lower portion 222 of the cover 214 is designed to slide between the upper blades 344a, 344b when the box 200 is inserted into the receptacle 306 of the cutting device 300. Fig. 4D shows that the upper blades 344a, 344b are separated from the lower blades 345a, 345b by a distance, and the narrow lower portion 222 of the cover 214 is located between them. Fig. 4E shows that the handle 343 is rotated downward to return to the cutting configuration, and the upper blades 344a, 344b are pushed downward toward the piece 101 of the material and toward the lower blades 345a, 345. The piece 101 of the material is cut by the corresponding upper blade and the lower blade, thereby forming the bracket 105. The distance between the upper blade and the lower blade determines the width of the bracket 105 cut from the piece 101 of the material.
手柄343可以相对于基部302沿着多个取向中的任一个打开。例如,铰链317的枢轴线P可以基本上正交于基部A的纵向轴线。在该实施方式中,铰链317可以被定位在基部302的远端上,使得手柄343通过向上和朝向基部302的远端旋转而铰接打开。上部刀片344a、344b可以是弹簧加载的,使得它们容易随着手柄343被抬起或释放而恢复到打开构造。The handle 343 can be opened in any of a number of orientations relative to the base 302. For example, the pivot axis P of the hinge 317 can be substantially orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the base A. In this embodiment, the hinge 317 can be positioned on the distal end of the base 302 so that the handle 343 hinges open by rotating upward and toward the distal end of the base 302. The upper blades 344a, 344b can be spring loaded so that they easily return to the open configuration as the handle 343 is lifted or released.
支架105一旦被切割成,就可以在所有侧面上都被盒200和切割构件312容纳,从而在切割装置300和盒200的组件内为支架105形成完整包围或支架切割室。例如,支架切割室的底部和顶部可以由盖214的下部222和凹部221的突起271形成。支架切割室的壁可以由切割构件312的上部刀片344a、344b和下部刀片45a、345b形成。一起地,支架切割室的壁可以形成矩形,以帮助约束和引导切割装置300的推动器320,该推动器320被推进以将支架105从支架切割室向远侧推动进入轴210的内腔238。在一种实施方式中,支架切割室的截面可以是至少部分弧形或圆形的。切割室的上表面和下表面可以是弯曲的或非平面的。作为示例,盖214的下部222可以是凹入的,形成凹面(concavity),形成切割室的拱形顶部。由突起271形成的切割室的底部可以结合相应的凹状。切割室的拱形顶部和凹形底部减少了相对于轴的内壁在切割的支架105周围产生的开放空间的量,其否则可能导致推杆偏离轨道或允许切割的支架105在部署期间偏转离开期望的路径。相对于环钻支架105最小化轴内的空间改进了支架105通过装置的推进。切割的支架105又可以具有与支架105必须通过其前进的传送导管的截面形状更贴近地匹配的截面形状。相应的形状消除了切割的支架105的上侧和下侧相对于导管的多余空间。这进而为推动器320提供了更好的引导,以将切割的支架105朝向轴的远端推进。支架105也可以被切割成相对于导管尺寸过大,如本文其他地方所讨论的,并且在部署之前在导管内压缩、压紧或以其他方式操纵。Once the stent 105 is cut, it can be contained on all sides by the box 200 and the cutting member 312, thereby forming a complete enclosure or stent cutting chamber for the stent 105 within the assembly of the cutting device 300 and the box 200. For example, the bottom and top of the stent cutting chamber can be formed by the lower portion 222 of the cover 214 and the protrusion 271 of the recess 221. The walls of the stent cutting chamber can be formed by the upper blades 344a, 344b and the lower blades 45a, 345b of the cutting member 312. Together, the walls of the stent cutting chamber can form a rectangular shape to help constrain and guide the pusher 320 of the cutting device 300, which is advanced to push the stent 105 from the stent cutting chamber to the distal side into the inner cavity 238 of the shaft 210. In one embodiment, the cross-section of the stent cutting chamber can be at least partially arcuate or circular. The upper and lower surfaces of the cutting chamber can be curved or non-planar. As an example, the lower portion 222 of the cover 214 can be concave, forming a concave surface (concavity), forming the arched top of the cutting chamber. The bottom of the cutting chamber formed by the protrusion 271 can be combined with a corresponding concave shape. The arched top and concave bottom of the cutting chamber reduce the amount of open space generated around the cut stent 105 relative to the inner wall of the shaft, which may otherwise cause the push rod to deviate from the track or allow the cut stent 105 to deflect away from the desired path during deployment. Minimizing the space in the shaft relative to the trephine stent 105 improves the advancement of the stent 105 through the device. The cut stent 105 can also have a cross-sectional shape that more closely matches the cross-sectional shape of the delivery catheter through which the stent 105 must advance. The corresponding shape eliminates the excess space of the upper and lower sides of the cut stent 105 relative to the catheter. This in turn provides better guidance for the pusher 320 to advance the cut stent 105 toward the distal end of the shaft. The stent 105 may also be cut to be oversized relative to the catheter size, as discussed elsewhere herein, and compressed, compacted, or otherwise manipulated within the catheter prior to deployment.
支架105一旦被切割成,就可以与盒200的轴210的内腔238轴向对齐。图4F-4G还有图4H-4J示出了切割装置300可以包括推动器320,该推动器320构造成相对于基部302向远侧滑动到盒200的近端区域中,以将切割的支架105从该完整包围的位置沿着植入导管推进到轴210的内腔238中。推动器320在图6的实施方式中是不可见的。然而,基部302可以包括致动器304,例如转盘、按钮、滑块或其他输入,该致动器操作性地联接到推动器320的近端区域,其在致动时使推动器320相对于基部302向远侧移动。各种用户致动器304中的任何致动器304在本文中被认为移动推动器320以使支架105相对于内腔238就位备好。关于切割装置300的推动器320的该备好步骤确保在从切割装置300移除盒200之后和在盒200与传送装置400联接之前,切割的支架105在所有侧面(即轴210的区域)被保持在完全封闭的空间内。Once the stent 105 is cut, it can be axially aligned with the lumen 238 of the shaft 210 of the box 200. Figures 4F-4G and 4H-4J show that the cutting device 300 can include a pusher 320 that is configured to slide distally relative to the base 302 into the proximal region of the box 200 to advance the cut stent 105 from the fully enclosed position along the implant catheter into the lumen 238 of the shaft 210. The pusher 320 is not visible in the embodiment of Figure 6. However, the base 302 can include an actuator 304, such as a dial, button, slider or other input, which is operatively coupled to the proximal region of the pusher 320, which moves the pusher 320 distally relative to the base 302 when actuated. Any of the various user actuators 304 is considered herein to move the pusher 320 to position the stent 105 relative to the lumen 238. This preparation step with respect to the pusher 320 of the cutting device 300 ensures that the cut stent 105 is kept in a completely enclosed space on all sides (ie in the area of the shaft 210 ) after the cartridge 200 is removed from the cutting device 300 and before the cartridge 200 is coupled to the transport device 400 .
图4H示出了在手柄343被向下推向基部302时(例如,刀片344相对于植入物105定位在切割构造中),切割装置300的推动器320可以通过基部302被向远侧推进。图4I示出了准备好在近端上的凹部221内接合支架105的推动器320。图4J示出了推动器320已经将支架105向远侧推进到盒200的轴210的内腔238中。如上所述,除上面的盖214和下面的突起271之外,刀片344在所有侧面上产生了用于切割的支架105的完整包围,防止支架105在进入内腔238的该远侧推进期间在内腔238内弯曲。支架105保持在其中的导管与正被植入的支架的外部尺寸尺寸匹配(或尺寸过小),从而防止在支架105被推入备好位置时弯曲和起皱。FIG. 4H shows that the pusher 320 of the cutting device 300 can be advanced distally through the base 302 when the handle 343 is pushed downwardly toward the base 302 (e.g., the blade 344 is positioned in the cutting configuration relative to the implant 105). FIG. 4I shows the pusher 320 ready to engage the stent 105 within the recess 221 on the proximal end. FIG. 4J shows that the pusher 320 has advanced the stent 105 distally into the lumen 238 of the shaft 210 of the cartridge 200. As described above, the blade 344 creates a complete enclosure of the stent 105 for cutting on all sides, except for the upper cover 214 and the lower protrusion 271, preventing the stent 105 from bending within the lumen 238 during this distal advancement into the lumen 238. The catheter in which the stent 105 is held is sized to match (or undersized) the outer dimensions of the stent being implanted, thereby preventing bending and wrinkling when the stent 105 is pushed into the ready position.
支架105可以被推入轴210的远端区域212中,并且从切割装置300移除盒200。一旦切割装置300和盒200彼此分离,盒200就准备好用传送装置400装载,以将支架105插入眼睛中。The stent 105 can be pushed into the distal region 212 of the shaft 210 and the cartridge 200 removed from the cutting device 300. Once the cutting device 300 and cartridge 200 are separated from each other, the cartridge 200 is ready to be loaded with the delivery device 400 to insert the stent 105 into the eye.
材料的片块101可以多种方式被切割并装载在盒200的轴210内。如其他地方所讨论的,材料的片块101可以被切割成与该材料的片块101将通过其传送的导管基本相同的尺寸。材料的片块101可以优选地被切割成略大于该材料的片块将通过其被传送的导管的尺寸,使得支架105被压缩并包装在导管内,从而它可以更容易地推进通过内腔238。切割可以如上文关于图4A-4E所描述的那样进行。也可以使用如下文且关于图14A-14H所描述的其他切割组件500来执行切割材料的片块和将其转移到轴210中。本文所述的切割组件500可以形成组织盒200、切割装置300或传送装置400的一部分。优选地,切割组件500是切割装置300的一部分。切割装置300可以联接到盒200的至少一部分,例如鼻锥组件274,其中远侧轴210从鼻锥275延伸,使得切割的支架105可以在轴210内备好,以便使用传送装置400进行传送。盒200可以包括构造成保持用于切割的材料的片块的近侧部分207,如在图2、3A-3C或7A-7C中所示,或包括可移除鼻锥274和轴210,如图9A-9D、图10A中所示,其不包括用于保持材料的片块的近侧部分207。支架105的装载不需要由切割装置300执行,切割装置300也不需要与盒200接合以将切割的支架装载到盒中。切割的支架105可以手动地从切割装置300转移到单独的装载装置600中,该装载装置构造成与盒200接合并且向盒装载切割的支架105。盒200无论是否构造成保持用于切割的材料的片块,都可以是可转移部件,其被设计成与切割组件联接、用切割的支架备好、从切割组件移除以及与传送装置联接,以将切割的支架部署到眼睛中。The piece 101 of material can be cut and loaded in the shaft 210 of the box 200 in a variety of ways. As discussed elsewhere, the piece 101 of material can be cut into the same size as the conduit through which the piece 101 of the material will be transmitted. The piece 101 of material can preferably be cut into the size of the conduit slightly larger than the piece of material through which the piece of material will be transmitted, so that the stent 105 is compressed and packed in the conduit, so that it can be more easily advanced through the inner cavity 238. The cutting can be performed as described above with respect to Figures 4A-4E. Other cutting assemblies 500 as described below and with respect to Figures 14A-14H can also be used to perform the cutting of the piece of material and transfer it to the shaft 210. The cutting assembly 500 described herein can form a part of the tissue box 200, the cutting device 300 or the conveying device 400. Preferably, the cutting assembly 500 is a part of the cutting device 300. The cutting device 300 can be coupled to at least a portion of the box 200, such as the nose cone assembly 274, wherein the distal shaft 210 extends from the nose cone 275, so that the cut stent 105 can be prepared in the shaft 210 for delivery using the delivery device 400. The box 200 can include a proximal portion 207 configured to hold a piece of material for cutting, as shown in Figures 2, 3A-3C or 7A-7C, or include a removable nose cone 274 and shaft 210, as shown in Figures 9A-9D, Figure 10A, which does not include a proximal portion 207 for holding a piece of material. The loading of the stent 105 does not need to be performed by the cutting device 300, and the cutting device 300 does not need to engage with the box 200 to load the cut stent into the box. The cut stent 105 can be manually transferred from the cutting device 300 to a separate loading device 600, which is configured to engage with the box 200 and load the cut stent 105 to the box. Whether or not the cartridge 200 is configured to hold a piece of material for cutting, it can be a transferable component designed to be coupled to a cutting assembly, primed with a cut stent, removed from the cutting assembly, and coupled to a delivery device to deploy the cut stent into an eye.
图14A示出了切割组件500的一种实施方式。切割组件可以是构造成与盒接合的切割装置300的一部分。切割组件500还可以是组织制备系统的单独部件,其构造成保持材料的片块101并切割材料的片块101,但不构造成将切割的支架装载到传送轴中。切割组件500可以切割材料的片块101,该材料的片块可以保持在盒内或切割组件500的区域内。切割的支架可以从切割组件500转移到盒200的远侧轴210中,以用于通过轴传送到眼睛中。切割的支架可以例如用镊子手动地从切割组件500转移到构造成将切割的支架装载到远侧轴210中的装载系统中。切割组件500可以结合相对于基部509中的狭槽507定位的切割模具511和具有联接到基部509的平面的承载表面513的可移动构件505。该可移动构件505可以相对于基部509从第一位置旋转90度到第二位置。当可移动构件505旋转到其第二位置时,材料的片块101可以抵靠承载表面513放置。切割模具511可以将材料的片块101压靠在承载表面513上。将切割模具511推向承载表面513可以在两个位置切穿材料的片块101(例如,在一个或两个位置,如本文其他地方所述)。多余的组织可以从承载表面513移除,并且仍然将切割的支架105保持在其承载表面513上的可移动构件505朝向第一位置回旋。这在狭槽507的路径内将切割的支架105布置在承载表面513上,使得压紧工具517或其他构件可以将切割的支架105装载到狭槽507中。狭槽507可以具有终端区域508,当盒200联接到切割装置300时,该终端区域508与远侧轴210的纵向轴线A对齐。切割的支架105可以由压紧工具517以与轴210的纵向轴线成一定角度(例如,与轴210的纵向轴线正交)推动。终端区域508可以具有类似于远侧轴210的截面形状的圆形截面形状。然后可以将定位在终端区域508内的切割的支架105推入远侧轴210的内腔中,从而其备好用于传送。狭槽507和/或终端区域508的尺寸可以小于切割的支架105的尺寸,从而压紧工具517将切割的支架105推入狭槽507中的推进导致支架105被压缩并压紧成塞。一旦切割的支架105定位在盒200的远侧轴210内,盒200就可以从切割装置300移除并转移到传送装置400以部署到眼睛中。切割、转移、装载和备好可以被合并到单个组件中或者合并到构造成彼此协同工作的单独的部件中。FIG. 14A shows an embodiment of a cutting assembly 500. The cutting assembly can be a portion of a cutting device 300 configured to engage with a cartridge. The cutting assembly 500 can also be a separate component of a tissue preparation system that is configured to hold a piece 101 of material and cut the piece 101 of material, but is not configured to load the cut stent into a delivery shaft. The cutting assembly 500 can cut a piece 101 of material that can be held within a cartridge or within the region of the cutting assembly 500. The cut stent can be transferred from the cutting assembly 500 to the distal shaft 210 of the cartridge 200 for delivery through the shaft into the eye. The cut stent can be transferred from the cutting assembly 500 manually, for example with forceps, to a loading system configured to load the cut stent into the distal shaft 210. The cutting assembly 500 can incorporate a cutting die 511 positioned relative to a slot 507 in a base 509 and a movable member 505 having a planar bearing surface 513 coupled to the base 509. The movable member 505 can be rotated 90 degrees relative to the base 509 from the first position to the second position. When the movable member 505 is rotated to its second position, the piece 101 of material can be placed against the load-bearing surface 513. The cutting die 511 can press the piece 101 of material against the load-bearing surface 513. Pushing the cutting die 511 toward the load-bearing surface 513 can cut through the piece 101 of material at two positions (e.g., at one or two positions, as described elsewhere herein). Excess tissue can be removed from the load-bearing surface 513, and the movable member 505 that still holds the cut stent 105 on its load-bearing surface 513 is swung toward the first position. This arranges the cut stent 105 on the load-bearing surface 513 within the path of the slot 507 so that the clamping tool 517 or other member can load the cut stent 105 into the slot 507. The slot 507 may have a terminal region 508 that is aligned with the longitudinal axis A of the distal shaft 210 when the cartridge 200 is coupled to the cutting device 300. The cut stent 105 may be pushed by a compression tool 517 at an angle to the longitudinal axis of the shaft 210 (e.g., orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the shaft 210). The terminal region 508 may have a circular cross-sectional shape similar to the cross-sectional shape of the distal shaft 210. The cut stent 105 positioned in the terminal region 508 may then be pushed into the lumen of the distal shaft 210 so that it is ready for delivery. The size of the slot 507 and/or the terminal region 508 may be smaller than the size of the cut stent 105 so that the advancement of the compression tool 517 pushing the cut stent 105 into the slot 507 causes the stent 105 to be compressed and compacted into a plug. Once the cut stent 105 is positioned within the distal shaft 210 of the cartridge 200, the cartridge 200 can be removed from the cutting device 300 and transferred to the delivery device 400 for deployment into the eye. Cutting, transfer, loading, and preparing can be combined into a single assembly or into separate components configured to work in conjunction with each other.
图14B示出了切割组件500的相互关联的一种实施方式,该切割组件500用于切割材料的片块101,并转移切割的支架105以进行传送。与图14A的实施例一样,切割组件500可以是切割装置300的一部分,切割装置300构造成与盒接合。材料的片块可以保持在盒的用于切割的区域内,或者可以由切割组件500的一部分保持。切割模具511可以插入通过可移动元件515(本文称为门、垫或其他部件)以切割材料的片块101。垫515可构造成保持其下方的组织、对其下方的组织施加压力和/或压缩其下方的组织。材料的片块101可以抵靠承载表面513定位。承载表面513不需要像在先前的实施方式中那样是可移动构件的一部分,而是可以是基部509的至少一部分。材料的片块101可以在基部509的承载表面513和垫515之间被压缩。切割模具511可以被推进通过垫515,使得切割模具511的(一个或多个)刀片切穿材料的片块101。如果切割模具511具有两个刀片(例如,如图14A-14B、14E、14F-1以及图18E-18G、22A和23C所示的两个刀片),则切割模具511在两个位置切穿片块101。如果切割模具511具有单个刀片,则切割模具511在单个位置切穿片块101。在两个刀片的情况下,刀片可以彼此平行定位或者可以成角度。使刀片成角度提高了组织切割的再现性,使得从片块101形成非常笔直的组织片,而沿着新切割支架的侧面没有任何隆起。下面将更详细地描述刀片的成角度。FIG. 14B shows an embodiment of the interrelationship of a cutting assembly 500 for cutting a piece 101 of material and transferring the cut support 105 for transport. As with the embodiment of FIG. 14A , the cutting assembly 500 can be part of a cutting device 300 configured to engage with a box. The piece of material can be held in the area of the box for cutting, or can be held by a portion of the cutting assembly 500. A cutting die 511 can be inserted through a movable element 515 (referred to herein as a door, pad, or other component) to cut the piece 101 of material. The pad 515 can be configured to hold the tissue below it, apply pressure to the tissue below it, and/or compress the tissue below it. The piece 101 of material can be positioned against a bearing surface 513. The bearing surface 513 need not be part of a movable member as in the previous embodiment, but can be at least a portion of a base 509. The piece 101 of material can be compressed between the bearing surface 513 of the base 509 and the pad 515. The cutting die 511 can be advanced through the pad 515 so that the (one or more) blades of the cutting die 511 cut through the piece 101 of material. If the cutting die 511 has two blades (e.g., two blades as shown in Figures 14A-14B, 14E, 14F-1 and Figures 18E-18G, 22A and 23C), the cutting die 511 cuts through the piece 101 at two locations. If the cutting die 511 has a single blade, the cutting die 511 cuts through the piece 101 at a single location. In the case of two blades, the blades can be positioned parallel to each other or can be angled. Angling the blades improves the reproducibility of tissue cutting, so that a very straight piece of tissue is formed from the piece 101 without any ridges along the sides of the newly cut support. The angling of the blades will be described in more detail below.
在材料的片块101被切割之后,多余的组织可以被移除并且由垫515施加的压力被释放。切割模具511可以包括弹簧516,从而使其恢复到其初始位置,并且垫515和切割模具511不再对切割的支架105施加压力。切割的支架105可以相对于基部509中的狭槽507定位,从而压紧工具517可以推动切割的支架105穿过狭槽507朝向终端区域508。支架105的定位可由用户手动执行,例如使用镊子或使用作为切割/装载系统的一部分的工具。图14B示出了从轴210的侧面或正交于轴210的轴线将切割的支架105装载到导管中。如在其他地方讨论的,相对于狭槽507的尺寸,切割的支架105可以是尺寸过大的,从而将支架推入导管会压缩和压紧支架105以便传送。狭槽507可以具有终端区域508,当盒联接到切割装置300时,该终端区域508与远侧轴210的纵向轴线A对齐。然后可以将定位在终端区域508内的切割的支架105推入远侧轴中210,从而其被备好用于传送。可以通过在第一方向上(例如,相对于轴210的纵向轴线横向)推动支架而将切割的支架105定位在终端区域508内,然后通过在第二方向上(例如,沿着轴210的纵向轴线)推动切割的支架105而将切割的支架105定位在远侧轴内。现在包含切割的支架105的盒可以从切割装置300移除,并被转移到传送装置400,以部署到眼睛中。After the piece 101 of material is cut, excess tissue can be removed and the pressure applied by the pad 515 is released. The cutting die 511 can include a spring 516 so that it returns to its initial position and the pad 515 and the cutting die 511 no longer apply pressure to the cut stent 105. The cut stent 105 can be positioned relative to the slot 507 in the base 509 so that the compression tool 517 can push the cut stent 105 through the slot 507 toward the terminal area 508. The positioning of the stent 105 can be performed manually by the user, such as using forceps or using a tool that is part of the cutting/loading system. Figure 14B shows the loading of the cut stent 105 into the catheter from the side of the shaft 210 or orthogonal to the axis of the shaft 210. As discussed elsewhere, the cut stent 105 can be oversized relative to the size of the slot 507 so that pushing the stent into the catheter will compress and compact the stent 105 for delivery. The slot 507 can have a terminal region 508 that is aligned with the longitudinal axis A of the distal shaft 210 when the cartridge is coupled to the cutting device 300. The cut stent 105 positioned within the terminal region 508 can then be pushed into the distal shaft 210 so that it is ready for delivery. The cut stent 105 can be positioned within the terminal region 508 by pushing the stent in a first direction (e.g., transversely relative to the longitudinal axis of the shaft 210), and then positioned within the distal shaft by pushing the cut stent 105 in a second direction (e.g., along the longitudinal axis of the shaft 210). The cartridge containing the cut stent 105 can now be removed from the cutting device 300 and transferred to the delivery device 400 for deployment into the eye.
图14C示出了切割组件500的相互关联的实施方式,该切割组件500用于切割材料的片块101,并转移切割的支架105以进行传送。切割组件500可以另外结合有可移动止挡件520,该止挡件520定位在材料的片块101和切割的支架105将被推进通过的狭槽507之间。垫515和切割模具511可以将材料的片块101压靠在基部509的承载表面513上。材料的片块101可以被封闭在下侧的承载表面513、远侧的可移动止挡件520以及在上侧的垫515之间。切割模具511可以包括单个刀片(或两个刀片)并且被推进通过压缩的材料的片块101,以在单个位置切割片块,从而产生支架105。切割模具511、垫515和可移动止挡件520可以远离切割的支架105撤回,从而压紧工具517可以将切割的支架105向远侧推入狭槽507中以进行传送。当盒联接到切割装置300时,狭槽507的终端区域508可以与远侧轴210的纵向轴线A对齐。然后可以将位于终端区域508内的切割的支架105推入远侧轴210中,从而其如其他地方所述备好用于传送。图14I示出了相对于图14C的切割组件500布置的鼻锥组件274。鼻锥组件274的远侧轴210的纵向轴线A可以与狭槽507的终端区域508对齐,使得压紧工具517可以将切割的支架105推入轴210中。一旦切割的支架105被压紧到轴210的内腔238中,鼻锥组件274就可以从其与切割组件500的关联中移除,并且转移到传送装置400以部署到眼睛中。FIG. 14C shows an interrelated embodiment of a cutting assembly 500 for cutting a sheet of material 101 and transferring the cut stent 105 for transport. The cutting assembly 500 may additionally incorporate a movable stopper 520 positioned between the sheet of material 101 and the slot 507 through which the cut stent 105 is to be advanced. The pad 515 and cutting die 511 may press the sheet of material 101 against the bearing surface 513 of the base 509. The sheet of material 101 may be enclosed between the bearing surface 513 on the lower side, the movable stopper 520 on the far side, and the pad 515 on the upper side. The cutting die 511 may include a single blade (or two blades) and be advanced through the compressed sheet of material 101 to cut the sheet at a single location, thereby producing the stent 105. The cutting die 511, pad 515 and movable stop 520 can be withdrawn away from the cut stent 105 so that the clamping tool 517 can push the cut stent 105 distally into the slot 507 for delivery. When the cartridge is coupled to the cutting device 300, the terminal region 508 of the slot 507 can be aligned with the longitudinal axis A of the distal shaft 210. The cut stent 105 located within the terminal region 508 can then be pushed into the distal shaft 210 so that it is ready for delivery as described elsewhere. FIG. 14I shows a nose cone assembly 274 arranged relative to the cutting assembly 500 of FIG. 14C. The longitudinal axis A of the distal shaft 210 of the nose cone assembly 274 can be aligned with the terminal region 508 of the slot 507 so that the clamping tool 517 can push the cut stent 105 into the shaft 210. Once the cut stent 105 is compacted into the lumen 238 of the shaft 210, the nose cone assembly 274 may be removed from its association with the cutting assembly 500 and transferred to the delivery device 400 for deployment into the eye.
可以调节可移动止挡件520相对于模具511的切割刀片的位置,以实现不同的支架宽度。例如,可移动止挡件520可以朝向切割模具511的单个刀片移动以减小支架的宽度,并且可以远离切割模具511移动以增加支架的宽度。可移动止挡件520相对于切割模具511的位置可由用户选择,例如,通过转盘或允许增量调整的其他用户界面。转盘范围可以在约0.6mm和约1.9mm之间,并且可以包括按1/4到1/16螺纹布置的标记。如本文其他地方所述,切割组件500的切割模具511可附接到杆、手柄或其他致动器343,以在选择宽度时推进单个刀片通过由垫515保持抵靠承载表面513的材料的片块101。在一种实施方式中,承载表面513可以是软塑料材料(例如,1/16”的90A硅树脂)。The position of the movable stop 520 relative to the cutting blade of the die 511 can be adjusted to achieve different stent widths. For example, the movable stop 520 can be moved toward the single blade of the cutting die 511 to reduce the width of the stent, and can be moved away from the cutting die 511 to increase the width of the stent. The position of the movable stop 520 relative to the cutting die 511 can be selected by a user, for example, via a dial or other user interface that allows incremental adjustment. The dial range can be between about 0.6 mm and about 1.9 mm, and can include markings arranged in 1/4 to 1/16 thread arrangements. As described elsewhere herein, the cutting die 511 of the cutting assembly 500 can be attached to a rod, handle, or other actuator 343 to advance the single blade through the piece 101 of material held against the bearing surface 513 by the pad 515 when the width is selected. In one embodiment, the bearing surface 513 can be a soft plastic material (e.g., 1/16" 90A silicone).
图15A-15B示出了具有切割组件500的环钻或切割装置300。该切割装置300可以包括手柄或致动器543,该手柄或致动器可移动地联接到基部509以致动切割组件500。例如,致动器543构造成相对于基部509的承载表面513升高和降低切割模具511。致动器543的构造可以如本文所述变化,包括杆或剪式手柄(scissoring handles)。15A-15B illustrate a trephine or cutting device 300 having a cutting assembly 500. The cutting device 300 may include a handle or actuator 543 that is movably coupled to a base 509 to actuate the cutting assembly 500. For example, the actuator 543 is configured to raise and lower the cutting die 511 relative to the bearing surface 513 of the base 509. The configuration of the actuator 543 may vary as described herein, including levers or scissoring handles.
在其他实施方式中,致动器543是构造成被升高和降低以与位于基部509的承载表面513上方的切割模具511接合的杆。致动器543可以具有构造成压靠切割模具511的上表面从而推动其向下朝向基部509的承载表面513的下表面。杆可以提供用于下压切割模具511的机械优势,但是它不需要是切割装置300的一部分。在一些实施方式中,切割模具511的上表面可形成按钮,该按钮构造成被直接手动致动以切割的支架。承载表面513优选地是平面表面,其构造成将材料的片块保持平坦以便切割。承载表面513可以是基部509内的凹部544,该凹部544的尺寸设置成保持材料的片块(未示出)。承载表面513可为相对于基部509可移动的,以暴露凹部544,以便将材料的片块101定位在凹部544内。In other embodiments, the actuator 543 is a rod configured to be raised and lowered to engage with the cutting die 511 located above the bearing surface 513 of the base 509. The actuator 543 may have a lower surface configured to press against the upper surface of the cutting die 511 so as to push it downward toward the bearing surface 513 of the base 509. The rod may provide a mechanical advantage for pressing down the cutting die 511, but it need not be part of the cutting device 300. In some embodiments, the upper surface of the cutting die 511 may form a button that is configured to be directly manually actuated to cut the support. The bearing surface 513 is preferably a planar surface configured to keep the piece of material flat for cutting. The bearing surface 513 may be a recess 544 in the base 509 that is sized to hold a piece of material (not shown). The bearing surface 513 may be movable relative to the base 509 to expose the recess 544 so as to position the piece of material 101 in the recess 544.
在一些实施方式中,切割模具511包括单个刀片,该单个刀片可移动以选择被切割的支架的尺寸。切割装置300可结合有致动器545,例如转盘、按钮、滑块、开关或构造成如上所述调整模具511相对于承载表面513的位置的其他类型的致动器。致动器545可以通过螺纹螺钉或其他机构左右移动基部509以改变承载表面513上(例如保持在凹部544内)的材料的片块101相对于切割模具511的位置,并且从而修改从片块切割的支架的宽度。替代地,致动器545可以相对于承载表面513移动模具511以改变支架的宽度。切割装置300可以结合有工作台546,工作台546构造成可相对于基部509移动,例如通过滑动、旋转或从基部509抬离。在一些实施方式中,工作台546可以相对于底下的基部509在单个平面内滑动,同时至少部分地保持连接到基部509。替代地,工作台546可以从基部509完全移除。相对于基部509移动工作台546可以从切割模具511和致动器543所在处的装置区域下方显露凹部544。这允许在承载表面上装载片块,而切割组件500的部件不会阻碍用户的视线或物理地阻挡接近。切割装置300可以是单独的切割器并且不需要结合压缩或保持机构或转移机构。而是,用切割组件500切割的切割的支架105可以被手动转移到其他工具,用于备好切割的支架105以通过轴部署。切割装置300可以是用于对生物衍生组织进行最小程度的修改的微型环钻装置。装置300构造成将生物衍生组织切割成具有大于宽度的长度的细长组织条带。宽度可以小于约3mm并且长度可以大于约3mm。生物衍生组织可以是本文描述的多种组织中的任何一种,包括从接受组织条带作为植入物的患者的供体采集的巩膜组织或角膜组织。切割模具511可包括单个锋利边缘以将生物组织的较大部分修剪至期望的宽度。模具511的锋利边缘可以基本上是笔直的,使得模具511可以切割一定长度的组织。替代地,切割模具511可以结合有两个彼此平行的锋利边缘,这两个锋利边缘分开对应的宽度以实现支架所需的宽度。In some embodiments, the cutting die 511 includes a single blade that is movable to select the size of the stent being cut. The cutting device 300 may be combined with an actuator 545, such as a dial, a button, a slider, a switch, or other types of actuators configured to adjust the position of the die 511 relative to the bearing surface 513 as described above. The actuator 545 can move the base 509 left and right through a threaded screw or other mechanism to change the position of the piece 101 of the material on the bearing surface 513 (e.g., held in the recess 544) relative to the cutting die 511, and thereby modify the width of the stent cut from the piece. Alternatively, the actuator 545 can move the die 511 relative to the bearing surface 513 to change the width of the stent. The cutting device 300 may be combined with a workbench 546, which is configured to be movable relative to the base 509, such as by sliding, rotating, or lifting from the base 509. In some embodiments, the workbench 546 can slide in a single plane relative to the underlying base 509 while remaining at least partially connected to the base 509. Alternatively, the table 546 can be completely removed from the base 509. Moving the table 546 relative to the base 509 can reveal the recess 544 below the device area where the cutting mold 511 and the actuator 543 are located. This allows the loading of the piece on the load-bearing surface without obstructing the user's view or physically blocking access by the components of the cutting assembly 500. The cutting device 300 can be a separate cutter and does not need to be combined with a compression or retention mechanism or a transfer mechanism. Instead, the cut stent 105 cut with the cutting assembly 500 can be manually transferred to other tools for preparing the cut stent 105 to be deployed through the shaft. The cutting device 300 can be a micro-trephine device for minimal modification of biologically derived tissue. The device 300 is configured to cut biologically derived tissue into elongated tissue strips having a length greater than the width. The width can be less than about 3 mm and the length can be greater than about 3 mm. The biologically derived tissue can be any of the various tissues described herein, including scleral tissue or corneal tissue collected from a donor of a patient receiving a tissue strip as an implant. The cutting die 511 may include a single sharp edge to trim a larger portion of biological tissue to a desired width. The sharp edge of the die 511 may be substantially straight so that the die 511 can cut a certain length of tissue. Alternatively, the cutting die 511 may be combined with two sharp edges parallel to each other, the two sharp edges being separated by a corresponding width to achieve the desired width of the scaffold.
切割模具511可包括具有锋利边缘的单个刀片或各自具有锋利边缘的两个刀片。锋利边缘可由单个远侧斜面或双远侧斜面形成。该两个刀片可以以精确的方式彼此间隔开,以便在切割模具511的单次切割致动中切割材料的片块。该两个刀片可以彼此平行地间隔开。在优选的实施方式中(如图22B-22C最佳所示),刀片可以彼此成一定角度安装,该一定角度适应远侧斜面的角度,以确保由远侧斜面形成的刀片之间的内部间距彼此平行或与承载表面正交。本文描述的切割器的各种实施例可包括以这种方式有角度地定位的两个刀片。在切割器被描述为具有单个刀片的情况下,切割器还可以包括间隔开一定距离的双刀片。并且在切割器被描述为具有间隔开一定距离的双刀片的情况下,刀片可以相对于彼此成一定角度定位,使得它们的斜面布置成彼此平行。The cutting die 511 may include a single blade with a sharp edge or two blades each with a sharp edge. The sharp edge may be formed by a single distal bevel or a double distal bevel. The two blades may be spaced apart from each other in a precise manner so as to cut a piece of material in a single cutting actuation of the cutting die 511. The two blades may be spaced apart parallel to each other. In a preferred embodiment (best shown in Figures 22B-22C), the blades may be installed at an angle to each other, and the angle may be adapted to the angle of the distal bevel to ensure that the internal spacing between the blades formed by the distal bevel is parallel to each other or orthogonal to the bearing surface. Various embodiments of the cutter described herein may include two blades positioned angularly in this manner. In the case where the cutter is described as having a single blade, the cutter may also include a double blade spaced apart by a certain distance. And in the case where the cutter is described as having a double blade spaced apart by a certain distance, the blades may be positioned at an angle relative to each other so that their bevels are arranged parallel to each other.
图14D示出了用于切割材料的片块101的切割组件500的相互关联的一种实施方式。切割组件500可以包括纸打孔类型的切割。图14D的左侧从俯视图示出了切割组件,并且还从截面图示出了切割组件。尖角或凸起的锋利边缘525可以从承载表面513突出。锋利边缘525可以围绕通过承载表面513的孔527,该孔直接通入基部509的狭槽507中。材料的片块101可以靠着承载表面513在孔527上方并抵靠锋利边缘525定位。冲头511可以从上方抵靠材料的片块101推动,使得材料的片块101被锋利边缘525切割,并且切割的支架105由冲头511推动穿过孔527进入狭槽507。然后可以将切割的支架105布置在狭槽507内,使得推动器(图14D中未示出)可以推动切割的支架105穿过狭槽507朝向末端508。狭槽507的终端区域508将切割的支架105与远侧轴210的纵向轴线A对齐,从而可以将支架推入远侧轴210中,从而其备好以进行传送。盒可以从切割装置300中移除,并转移到传送装置400以便部署到眼睛中。FIG. 14D shows an embodiment of the interrelationship of a cutting assembly 500 for cutting a piece 101 of material. The cutting assembly 500 may include a paper punch type cutter. The left side of FIG. 14D shows the cutting assembly from a top view and also shows the cutting assembly from a cross-sectional view. A sharp edge 525 of a point or projection may protrude from the bearing surface 513. The sharp edge 525 may surround a hole 527 through the bearing surface 513 that directly leads into the slot 507 of the base 509. The piece 101 of material may be positioned against the bearing surface 513 above the hole 527 and against the sharp edge 525. The punch 511 may be pushed from above against the piece 101 of material so that the piece 101 of material is cut by the sharp edge 525 and the cut bracket 105 is pushed by the punch 511 through the hole 527 into the slot 507. The cut stent 105 can then be arranged within the slot 507 so that a pusher (not shown in FIG. 14D ) can push the cut stent 105 through the slot 507 toward the end 508. The terminal region 508 of the slot 507 aligns the cut stent 105 with the longitudinal axis A of the distal shaft 210 so that the stent can be pushed into the distal shaft 210 so that it is ready for delivery. The cartridge can be removed from the cutting device 300 and transferred to the delivery device 400 for deployment into the eye.
图14E示出了用于切割材料的片块101的切割组件500的一种相互关联的实施方式。切割组件500还可以结合货币柱塞(money plunger)类型的切割。材料的片块101可以定位在基部509中的狭槽507上方,且切割模具511从上方抵靠材料101推动,使得模具511的切割边缘可以在两个位置切穿材料的片块101,以切出切割的支架105的长度。压紧工具517可被推进通过模具511中的孔口529以将切割的支架105驱动到狭槽507中,从而将其推到狭槽507的终端区域508。压紧工具517或另外的压缩工具421可以被推进通过模具511中的孔529,以在狭槽507的终端区域508内压缩切割的支架105,以将其压紧并将切割的支架105与远侧轴210对齐,使得它备好以用于传送。盒可以从切割装置300移除,并被转移到传送装置400以部署到眼睛中。FIG. 14E shows an interrelated embodiment of a cutting assembly 500 for cutting a piece of material 101. The cutting assembly 500 can also incorporate a money plunger type of cutting. The piece of material 101 can be positioned above the slot 507 in the base 509, and the cutting die 511 is pushed against the material 101 from above so that the cutting edge of the die 511 can cut through the piece of material 101 at two locations to cut out the length of the cut stent 105. The compacting tool 517 can be pushed through the orifice 529 in the die 511 to drive the cut stent 105 into the slot 507, thereby pushing it to the terminal area 508 of the slot 507. The compacting tool 517 or another compression tool 421 can be pushed through the hole 529 in the die 511 to compress the cut stent 105 within the terminal area 508 of the slot 507 to compact it and align the cut stent 105 with the distal shaft 210 so that it is ready for delivery. The cartridge may be removed from the cutting device 300 and transferred to a delivery device 400 for deployment into the eye.
图14F-1至图14F-2示出了用于切割材料的片块101的切割组件500的一种相互关联的实施方式。切割组件500可以结合有钳状工具530以夹持材料的片块101。外科小手术刀或其他切割工具535可以用于将由钳530保持的材料的片块101修剪到一定长度。保持切割的支架105的钳530可以相对于基部509布置,并且钳530的夹持压力被释放。压紧工具517可以通过钳530推进以将切割的支架105从钳530推入基部509的狭槽507中,用于压缩和压紧切割的支架105,以便如上所述进行传送。14F-1 to 14F-2 illustrate an interrelated embodiment of a cutting assembly 500 for cutting a piece 101 of material. The cutting assembly 500 may be combined with a pliers-like tool 530 to clamp the piece 101 of material. A surgical scalpel or other cutting tool 535 may be used to trim the piece 101 of material held by the pliers 530 to a certain length. The pliers 530 holding the cut stent 105 may be arranged relative to the base 509, and the clamping pressure of the pliers 530 is released. A compacting tool 517 may be advanced through the pliers 530 to push the cut stent 105 from the pliers 530 into the slot 507 of the base 509 for compressing and compacting the cut stent 105 for delivery as described above.
图14G示出了用于切割材料的片块101的切割组件500的一种相互关联的实施方式。切割组件500可以结合柱塞511,该柱塞511构造成将材料的片块101压缩在转移基部539的转移狭槽537内。材料的片块101可以用外科小手术刀或其他切割工具535修剪到一定尺寸。转移狭槽537内的切割的支架105可以通过以如下方式将转移基部539附接到具有限定的狭槽507的基部509来转移:对齐转移狭槽537与狭槽507,以便使用压紧工具517压缩和装载切割的支架105,以便进行部署。14G shows an interrelated embodiment of a cutting assembly 500 for cutting a piece of material 101. The cutting assembly 500 can incorporate a plunger 511 configured to compress the piece of material 101 within a transfer slot 537 of a transfer base 539. The piece of material 101 can be trimmed to size with a surgical scalpel or other cutting tool 535. The cut stent 105 within the transfer slot 537 can be transferred by attaching the transfer base 539 to a base 509 having a defined slot 507 in the following manner: aligning the transfer slot 537 with the slot 507 so as to compress and load the cut stent 105 using a compression tool 517 for deployment.
图14H示出了用于切割材料的片块101的切割组件500的一种相互关联的实施方式。切割组件500可以结合旋转圆柱体540,旋转圆柱体540构造成相对于基部509中的狭槽507切割和布置切割的支架105,用于装载和压缩支架105以用于传送。旋转圆柱体540可以结合用于接收材料的片块101的至少一部分的内部狭槽542。圆柱体540的旋转会修剪延伸超出圆柱体540中的狭槽542的多余组织。在圆柱体540的狭槽542内被修剪至(合适)长度的切割的支架105然后相对于基部509中的狭槽507布置,以便装载和压缩以进行传送。FIG. 14H illustrates an interrelated embodiment of a cutting assembly 500 for cutting a piece 101 of material. The cutting assembly 500 may incorporate a rotating cylinder 540 configured to cut and arrange the cut stent 105 relative to the slot 507 in the base 509 for loading and compressing the stent 105 for transport. The rotating cylinder 540 may incorporate an internal slot 542 for receiving at least a portion of the piece 101 of material. The rotation of the cylinder 540 trims excess tissue extending beyond the slot 542 in the cylinder 540. The cut stent 105 trimmed to length within the slot 542 of the cylinder 540 is then arranged relative to the slot 507 in the base 509 for loading and compression for transport.
图18A-18H示出了切割装置300的另一实施方式,该切割装置在这里也称为环钻盒。切割装置300可包括联接到致动器343的基部302。致动器343可以是构造成绕铰链317的枢转轴线旋转的杆。致动器343构造成致动切割装置300的切割组件500以将片块101切割成支架105。切割组件500可包括附接到至少一个刀片547的切割模具511和可移动地联接至基部302的垫515。切割模具515可相对于垫515移动,使得(一个或多个)刀片547可以在缩回位置和延伸位置之间移动。当处于缩回位置时,(一个或多个)刀片547保持闭合在垫515内。当处于延伸位置时,刀片547穿透垫515中的孔527并且延伸通过到垫515的下表面。基部302可包括定位在孔527的位置下方的承载表面513,使得(一个或多个)刀片547在切割模具511致动时被推靠在承载表面513上。承载表面513可位于基部302的凹入区域内,该凹入区域的形状和尺寸构造成接收将被(一个或多个)刀片547切割成支架的材料的片块101。基部302的凹入区域可以相对于孔527定位使得当用刀片547切割片块时获得期望的支架宽度。凹入的承载表面513的区域可以延伸超出孔527的边缘一段距离,该距离等于切割的支架的期望宽度。用户可将材料的片块放置在凹入区域内,使得材料的边缘抵接凹入区域的远端,使得在(一个或多个)刀片547延伸通过孔527并抵靠承载表面513时,片块被切割成期望宽度。保持片块的基部302的区域不需要是凹入的,而优选地是平面的,使得材料的片块101在切割期间与基部302相对齐平并且基本上正交于刀片。18A-18H illustrate another embodiment of a cutting device 300, which is also referred to herein as a trephine box. The cutting device 300 may include a base 302 coupled to an actuator 343. The actuator 343 may be a rod configured to rotate about a pivot axis of a hinge 317. The actuator 343 is configured to actuate a cutting assembly 500 of the cutting device 300 to cut the piece 101 into a bracket 105. The cutting assembly 500 may include a cutting die 511 attached to at least one blade 547 and a pad 515 movably coupled to the base 302. The cutting die 515 may be movable relative to the pad 515 so that the blade(s) 547 may be moved between a retracted position and an extended position. When in the retracted position, the blade(s) 547 remain closed within the pad 515. When in the extended position, the blade 547 penetrates the hole 527 in the pad 515 and extends through to the lower surface of the pad 515. The base 302 may include a bearing surface 513 positioned below the location of the hole 527 so that the blade(s) 547 are urged against the bearing surface 513 when the cutting die 511 is actuated. The bearing surface 513 may be located in a recessed area of the base 302 that is shaped and sized to receive a piece 101 of material to be cut into a stent by the blade(s) 547. The recessed area of the base 302 may be positioned relative to the hole 527 so that a desired stent width is obtained when the piece is cut with the blade 547. The area of the recessed bearing surface 513 may extend beyond the edge of the hole 527 by a distance equal to the desired width of the cut stent. The user may place the piece of material in the recessed area so that the edge of the material abuts the distal end of the recessed area so that when the blade(s) 547 extend through the hole 527 and abut the bearing surface 513, the piece is cut to the desired width. The area of the base 302 that holds the piece need not be concave, but is preferably planar so that the piece of material 101 is relatively flush with the base 302 and substantially orthogonal to the blade during cutting.
垫515可被称为门、压力垫或压缩元件,可联接至基部302,使得其在如图18C-18D所示的打开构造和如图18C-18D所示的闭合构造之间关节连接(articulate)。如图18A-18B所示。打开构造显露基部302的承载表面513,使得组织片块101可抵靠其定位。垫515可以在组织片块101上方关节连接到闭合构造。图18E示出了片块101抵靠垫515中的孔527下方的基部302的承载表面513定位,其中片块101的边缘上靠凹入区域的端部。切割模具511的(一个或多个)刀片547处于缩回构造。一个或多个板簧516可向上推动切割模具511远离基部302,使得(一个或多个)刀片547缩回垫515内。处于打开构造以装载片块101的手柄343可以在切割模具511上方关节连接至闭合构造。手柄343的关节连接使得其下表面压靠切割模具511的上表面,向下推动切割模具511并压缩弹簧516。垫515可以固定并在致动切割组件500的(一个或多个)刀片547之前将片块101压靠在承载表面513上。手柄343可另外地在片块101上施加压力,促使其抵靠承载表面513。切割模具511的(一个或多个)刀片547行进通过孔527并穿透片块101以形成切割的支架。当释放手柄343时,弹簧516向上推动切割模具511,使得(一个或多个)刀片547远离承载表面513移动回到垫515的孔527中。手柄343可以关节连接到打开构造,并且垫515关节连接到打开构造,以显露基部302的凹入区域内的切割的支架。切割的支架可以手动转移至装载装置600。The pad 515 may be referred to as a door, pressure pad, or compression element and may be coupled to the base 302 so that it articulates between an open configuration as shown in FIGS. 18C-18D and a closed configuration as shown in FIGS. 18C-18D. As shown in FIGS. 18A-18B. The open configuration reveals the bearing surface 513 of the base 302 so that the tissue piece 101 may be positioned against it. The pad 515 may articulate to a closed configuration above the tissue piece 101. FIG. 18E shows the piece 101 positioned against the bearing surface 513 of the base 302 below the hole 527 in the pad 515, with the edge of the piece 101 against the end of the recessed area. The blade(s) 547 of the cutting die 511 are in a retracted configuration. One or more leaf springs 516 may push the cutting die 511 upward away from the base 302 so that the blade(s) 547 are retracted into the pad 515. The handle 343 in the open configuration to load the piece 101 may articulate to a closed configuration above the cutting die 511. The handle 343 is articulated so that its lower surface presses against the upper surface of the cutting die 511, pushing the cutting die 511 downward and compressing the spring 516. The pad 515 can be fixed and press the piece 101 against the load surface 513 before actuating the (one or more) blades 547 of the cutting assembly 500. The handle 343 can additionally apply pressure on the piece 101, urging it against the load surface 513. The (one or more) blades 547 of the cutting die 511 travel through the holes 527 and penetrate the piece 101 to form the cut stent. When the handle 343 is released, the spring 516 pushes the cutting die 511 upward, causing the (one or more) blades 547 to move away from the load surface 513 and back into the holes 527 of the pad 515. The handle 343 can be articulated to an open configuration, and the pad 515 can be articulated to an open configuration to reveal the cut stent in the recessed area of the base 302. The cut stent can be manually transferred to the loading device 600.
如上所述,切割模具511可以包括一对刀片547。刀片547可以以精确的方式彼此间隔开,以便在杆343的单次切割致动中切割材料的片块101。刀片547可以彼此平行地间隔开。在优选实施方式中,刀片547彼此成一定角度地安装。刀片547之间的角度适应刀片547的远侧切割边缘处的斜面的角度,确保刀片547之间的内部空间(至少刀片547的穿透组织的部分)是平行的且直面的。As described above, the cutting die 511 may include a pair of blades 547. The blades 547 may be spaced apart from one another in a precise manner so as to cut the piece 101 of material in a single cutting actuation of the rod 343. The blades 547 may be spaced apart parallel to one another. In a preferred embodiment, the blades 547 are mounted at an angle to one another. The angle between the blades 547 accommodates the angle of the bevel at the distal cutting edge of the blades 547, ensuring that the interior space between the blades 547 (at least the portion of the blades 547 that penetrates the tissue) is parallel and straight.
每个刀片547包括由至少一个远侧斜面形成的锋利的远端切割边缘。两个刀片547相对于彼此成一定角度安装,使得内面不平行并且远侧斜面彼此平行。如下文更详细描述的,尽管刀片547本身的内面不平行,但刀片547的远侧斜面彼此平行并且基本上正交于承载表面的平面表面,因此组织片块被切割。下面参考图22B-22E和图23A-23C更详细地描述刀片的成角度。下面描述的具有成角度刀片的刀片盒的实施例与图18A-18H等所示的实施例的切割模具的刀片相关。Each blade 547 comprises a sharp distal cutting edge formed by at least one distal bevel. Two blades 547 are installed at an angle relative to each other so that the inner faces are not parallel and the distal bevels are parallel to each other. As described in more detail below, although the inner faces of the blades 547 themselves are not parallel, the distal bevels of the blades 547 are parallel to each other and substantially orthogonal to the plane surface of the bearing surface, so the tissue piece is cut. The angle of the blade is described in more detail below with reference to Figures 22B-22E and Figures 23A-23C. The embodiment of the blade box with angled blade described below is relevant to the blade of the cutting die of the embodiment shown in Figures 18A-18H etc.
图18F是图18A-18E的切割器的相关实施例。图18G是图18F的切割装置300沿线G-G截取的截面图。图18H示出了切割装置300的双成角度刀片547,其中装置的包括杆致动器343的上半部被移除。Figure 18F is a related embodiment of the cutter of Figures 18A-18E. Figure 18G is a cross-sectional view of the cutting device 300 of Figure 18F taken along line G-G. Figure 18H shows the dual angled blade 547 of the cutting device 300 with the upper half of the device including the rod actuator 343 removed.
与图18A中的实施例类似,切割装置300包括联接到致动器343的基部302。致动器343可以是构造成绕铰链317的枢转轴线旋转的杆。致动器343构造成致动切割装置300的切割组件500以将片块101切割成支架105。切割组件500可以包括附接到至少一个并且优选两个刀片547的切割模具511。切割模具511和刀片547可以联接到垫515,垫515围绕铰链317可移动地联接到基部302。在一些构造中,切割模具511和附接的刀片547可相对于垫515移动。在其他构造中,切割模具511和附接的刀片547相对于垫515固定,以便与垫515一起围绕铰链317移动。刀片547可以但不必在切割致动之前完全封闭在垫515内。刀片547可以延伸通过垫515的下表面(通过致动或者简单地通过以这种方式相对于垫515固定),使得在切割模具511致动时刀片547可以被推靠在承载表面上(图18G-18H中未示出)。Similar to the embodiment in FIG. 18A , the cutting device 300 includes a base 302 coupled to an actuator 343. The actuator 343 may be a rod configured to rotate about a pivot axis of a hinge 317. The actuator 343 is configured to actuate a cutting assembly 500 of the cutting device 300 to cut the piece 101 into the bracket 105. The cutting assembly 500 may include a cutting die 511 attached to at least one and preferably two blades 547. The cutting die 511 and the blades 547 may be coupled to a pad 515 that is movably coupled to the base 302 about the hinge 317. In some configurations, the cutting die 511 and the attached blades 547 may be movable relative to the pad 515. In other configurations, the cutting die 511 and the attached blades 547 are fixed relative to the pad 515 so as to move with the pad 515 about the hinge 317. The blades 547 may, but need not, be completely enclosed within the pad 515 prior to cutting actuation. The blade 547 can extend through the lower surface of the pad 515 (either by actuation or simply by being fixed relative to the pad 515 in such a manner) so that the blade 547 can be pushed against the load-bearing surface when the cutting die 511 is actuated (not shown in Figures 18G-18H).
承载表面513的尺寸和形状被设计成接收将被刀片547切割成支架的材料的片块101,该承载表面513可以位于基部302的凹入区域544内。承载表面513可以是可移除的平面元件,其构造成相对于刀片547固定到基部302,以支撑材料的片块101。承载表面513到基部302的联接可以是可逆的,使得如果需要承载表面513可以随着时间的推移而被更换,而无需处理整个切割。承载表面513可以例如通过一个或多个固定器(如螺钉)联接至基部302。图18G-18H示出了位于基部302的凹入区域544附近的两个孔洞541,其尺寸被设计为接收相对于基部302固定承载表面的螺钉549。确保承载表面513在基部内保持就位的其他机构302也被认为包括可移除的承载表面513和基部302之间的免工具卡扣配合或过盈配合。平面的承载表面513优选地在使用期间定位成与刀片547的锋利边缘正交,这将在下面进行更详细的描述。刀片547还可以可移除地附接至垫515,使得如果需要,如果刀片547的切割边缘已经变钝,则可以更换刀片547。The bearing surface 513 is sized and shaped to receive the piece 101 of material to be cut into the bracket by the blade 547, and the bearing surface 513 can be located in the recessed area 544 of the base 302. The bearing surface 513 can be a removable planar element that is configured to be fixed to the base 302 relative to the blade 547 to support the piece 101 of material. The coupling of the bearing surface 513 to the base 302 can be reversible, so that the bearing surface 513 can be replaced over time if necessary without having to deal with the entire cut. The bearing surface 513 can be coupled to the base 302, for example, by one or more fasteners (such as screws). Figures 18G-18H show two holes 541 located near the recessed area 544 of the base 302, which are sized to receive screws 549 that fix the bearing surface relative to the base 302. Other mechanisms to ensure that the bearing surface 513 remains in place within the base 302 are also considered to include a tool-free snap fit or interference fit between the removable bearing surface 513 and the base 302. The planar bearing surface 513 is preferably positioned orthogonal to the sharp edge of the blade 547 during use, as will be described in more detail below. The blade 547 may also be removably attached to the pad 515 so that the blade 547 may be replaced if necessary if the cutting edge of the blade 547 has become dull.
垫515联接到基部302,使得其绕铰链317在打开构造和闭合构造之间关节连接,如上文关于图18A-18E所述。打开构造显露基部302的承载表面513,使得片块101可抵靠承载表面513定位在切割装置300内。垫515可关节连接至闭合构造,使得刀片547位于片块547上方。在一些实施方式中,相对于基部302闭合垫515可以将片块101保持(有或没有压缩或压力)在切割器300内,直到杆343相对于垫515的致动导致刀片547切割穿过片块101。复位弹簧516可以推动杆343和具有附接的刀片547的切割模具511向上远离基部302的承载表面513。复位弹簧516因此相对于垫515稍微缩回刀片547。杆343可围绕铰链317的枢转轴线移动,以相对于基部302闭合垫515。杆343还可围绕第二铰链318其自身的枢转轴线移动,以便相对于垫515移动。相对于垫515的这种关节连接引起刀片547完全切割片块101,因为刀片547被完全推靠在承载表面513上。因此,垫515可以用于闭合切割装置300并在实际切割之前相对于基部302固定片块,这可以在杆343相对于垫515绕轴线318进一步致动时发生。切割模具511的刀片547可以相对于承载表面513进一步向下行进以从片块101形成切割的支架。在释放杆343时,弹簧516向上推动切割模具511,使得刀片547被移动远离承载面513。杆343可以绕轴线317关节连接回到打开构造,从而打开垫515,显露承载表面513。切割的支架可以手动转移至装载装置,例如本文所述的装载装置。The pad 515 is coupled to the base 302 so that it articulates between an open configuration and a closed configuration about a hinge 317, as described above with respect to FIGS. 18A-18E. The open configuration reveals the bearing surface 513 of the base 302 so that the piece 101 can be positioned against the bearing surface 513 within the cutting device 300. The pad 515 can be articulated to a closed configuration so that the blade 547 is located above the piece 547. In some embodiments, closing the pad 515 relative to the base 302 can hold the piece 101 (with or without compression or pressure) within the cutter 300 until actuation of the rod 343 relative to the pad 515 causes the blade 547 to cut through the piece 101. The return spring 516 can push the rod 343 and the cutting die 511 with the attached blade 547 upwardly away from the bearing surface 513 of the base 302. The return spring 516 thus slightly retracts the blade 547 relative to the pad 515. The rod 343 is movable about the pivot axis of the hinge 317 to close the pad 515 relative to the base 302. The rod 343 is also movable about its own pivot axis of the second hinge 318 to move relative to the pad 515. This articulation relative to the pad 515 causes the blade 547 to completely cut the tile 101 because the blade 547 is completely pushed against the bearing surface 513. Thus, the pad 515 can be used to close the cutting device 300 and fix the tile relative to the base 302 before the actual cutting, which can occur when the rod 343 is further actuated relative to the pad 515 about the axis 318. The blade 547 of the cutting die 511 can travel further downward relative to the bearing surface 513 to form a cut bracket from the tile 101. When the rod 343 is released, the spring 516 pushes the cutting die 511 upward, so that the blade 547 is moved away from the bearing surface 513. The rod 343 can be articulated about the axis 317 back to the open configuration, thereby opening the pad 515 and revealing the bearing surface 513. The cut stents can be manually transferred to a loading device, such as the loading devices described herein.
在其他实施方式中,刀片547相对于垫515固定,使得仅相对于基部302闭合垫515就导致刀片547的切割边缘刺穿并切割片块101。用户可以使用杆343致动切割装置300。垫515可通过杆343绕铰链317的枢转轴线旋转,以相对于基部302闭合垫515。杆343可相对于垫515移动以围绕第二铰链318的枢转轴线旋转。该运动压缩复位弹簧516并对垫515施加一定量的切割压力,将其朝向承载表面513上的组织推动。在该构造中的复位弹簧516向用户提供了防止用户将垫515挤压得过于紧靠承载表面513和对刀片547的切割边缘造成损坏的触感。杆343相对于垫515的运动为用户提供了他们已经到达垫315的行程尾端的一些反馈,以防止在切割期间无意中损坏刀片547。In other embodiments, the blade 547 is fixed relative to the pad 515 so that merely closing the pad 515 relative to the base 302 causes the cutting edge of the blade 547 to pierce and cut the tile 101. The user can actuate the cutting device 300 using the lever 343. The pad 515 can be rotated about the pivot axis of the hinge 317 by the lever 343 to close the pad 515 relative to the base 302. The lever 343 can be moved relative to the pad 515 to rotate about the pivot axis of the second hinge 318. This movement compresses the return spring 516 and applies a certain amount of cutting pressure to the pad 515, pushing it toward the tissue on the bearing surface 513. The return spring 516 in this configuration provides a tactile feeling to the user that prevents the user from pressing the pad 515 too close to the bearing surface 513 and causing damage to the cutting edge of the blade 547. The movement of the lever 343 relative to the pad 515 provides the user with some feedback that they have reached the end of the travel of the pad 315 to prevent inadvertent damage to the blade 547 during cutting.
刀片547可以相对于彼此成一定角度安装,以适应远侧切割边缘的斜面的角度。刀片547的安装角度确保切割边缘彼此平行地间隔开且成直面并且正交于承载表面513。图18H示出了定位在刀片547之间的间隔件526,其提供刀片547相对于彼此的角度。下面参考图22A-22E以及图23A-23C更详细地描述刀片547相对于彼此以及关于它们的切割边缘的几何形状的成角度。这些图中所示的刀片712的描述与图18A-18E的刀片547以及图18-18H的刀片547相关。The blades 547 can be installed at an angle relative to each other to accommodate the angle of the bevel of the distal cutting edge. The installation angle of the blades 547 ensures that the cutting edges are spaced parallel to each other and are in a straight face and orthogonal to the load-bearing surface 513. Figure 18H shows a spacer 526 positioned between the blades 547, which provides the angle of the blades 547 relative to each other. The angle of the blades 547 relative to each other and the geometry of their cutting edges will be described in more detail below with reference to Figures 22A-22E and Figures 23A-23C. The description of the blade 712 shown in these figures is relevant to the blade 547 of Figures 18A-18E and the blade 547 of Figures 18-18H.
切割模具511可包括位于刀片547之间的顶出弹簧(ejection spring)531。顶出弹簧531有助于在切割动作完成之后将切割的支架105从刀片547之间顶出。将切割的支架105从刀片547之间顶出允许用户更容易地例如用镊子抓取切割的支架105,以便将支架装载到传送装置中。弹簧531可以是螺旋弹簧、板簧、泡沫或其他有助于将支架105从两个刀片547之间推出的弹簧机构。下文在图23A-23C中更详细地描述和示出了顶出弹簧。The cutting die 511 may include an ejection spring 531 located between the blades 547. The ejection spring 531 helps eject the cut stent 105 from between the blades 547 after the cutting action is completed. Ejecting the cut stent 105 from between the blades 547 allows the user to more easily grab the cut stent 105, such as with tweezers, to load the stent into the conveyor. The spring 531 may be a coil spring, leaf spring, foam, or other spring mechanism that helps push the stent 105 out from between the two blades 547. The ejection spring is described and shown in more detail below in Figures 23A-23C.
图21A-21B示出了具有刀片盒710的环钻或切割装置700的相互关联的实施方式,该刀片盒710具有至少一个且优选具有两个刀片712。两个刀片712允许用户在单次致动中在材料的片块101的两个位置切割材料的片块101以形成支架105。刀片盒710可包括上部部件或夹爪(jaw)714和下部部件夹爪716。上夹爪714可包括刀片712而下夹爪716可包括承载表面715。承载表面715是尺寸被设计为将材料的片块101保持在相对于刀片712的平坦取向上使得其可在致动时被切割的平面表面。使用相对位置术语“上(upper)”和“下(lower)”是为了清楚地说明部件相对于彼此的取向,并且不旨在进行限制。例如,如图18A-18H和21A-21B的实施例所示,刀片可定位在上部部件上和下部部件上方。替代地,刀片可定位在下部部件上和上部部件下方。Figures 21A-21B show an interrelated embodiment of a trephine or cutting device 700 having a blade box 710 having at least one and preferably two blades 712. The two blades 712 allow a user to cut a piece of material 101 at two locations of the piece of material 101 in a single actuation to form a bracket 105. The blade box 710 may include an upper component or jaw 714 and a lower component jaw 716. The upper jaw 714 may include the blade 712 and the lower jaw 716 may include a bearing surface 715. The bearing surface 715 is a planar surface that is designed to hold the piece of material 101 in a flat orientation relative to the blade 712 so that it can be cut when actuated. The relative position terms "upper" and "lower" are used to clearly illustrate the orientation of the components relative to each other and are not intended to be limiting. For example, as shown in the embodiments of Figures 18A-18H and 21A-21B, the blades may be positioned on the upper component and above the lower component. Alternatively, the blade may be positioned on the lower component and below the upper component.
图18A-18H所示的切割装置具有致动器,该致动器构造成为导致刀片将材料的片块切割成植入物。该致动器是构造成相对于片块移动切割模具511的杆343。图21A-21B所示的切割装置还具有构造成导致刀片切割片块的致动器。在该实施方式中,使用可逆地联接至刀片盒710的剪式手柄705来实现致动。例如,手柄705可包括通过铰链以剪式布置联接在一起的第一手柄部分和第二手柄部分。手柄705的剪刀设计在将手柄705展开时打开附接至手柄705的刀片盒710,并且在将手柄705返回到闭合构造时闭合刀片盒710。打开刀片盒710将刀片盒710的上夹爪714与下夹爪716分开,显露下夹爪716的承载表面715。这允许在切割之前将材料的片块101放置在承载表面715上。在将材料的片块101定位在承载表面715上之后闭合刀片盒710导致上夹爪714接近刀片盒710的下夹爪716,直到刀片712刺穿承载表面715上的材料的片块101。本文描述的对切割装置的致动可以变化,包括手柄的剪式致动以及使用杆来移动切割模具的致动,如关于图18A-18H所述。应当理解,图21A-21B中所示的刀片盒还可以使用类似于图18A-18H中的杆系统来致动,反之亦然。本文考虑了多种切割致动中的任何一种。The cutting device shown in Figures 18A-18H has an actuator configured to cause a blade to cut a piece of material into an implant. The actuator is a rod 343 configured to move a cutting die 511 relative to the piece. The cutting device shown in Figures 21A-21B also has an actuator configured to cause a blade to cut a piece. In this embodiment, actuation is achieved using a scissor-type handle 705 that is reversibly coupled to a blade box 710. For example, the handle 705 may include a first handle portion and a second handle portion that are coupled together in a scissor-type arrangement by a hinge. The scissor design of the handle 705 opens the blade box 710 attached to the handle 705 when the handle 705 is unfolded, and closes the blade box 710 when the handle 705 is returned to the closed configuration. Opening the blade box 710 separates the upper jaw 714 of the blade box 710 from the lower jaw 716, revealing the bearing surface 715 of the lower jaw 716. This allows the piece 101 of the material to be placed on the bearing surface 715 before cutting. After the piece 101 of material is positioned on the load-bearing surface 715, closing the blade box 710 causes the upper jaw 714 to approach the lower jaw 716 of the blade box 710, until the blade 712 pierces the piece 101 of the material on the load-bearing surface 715. The actuation of the cutting device described herein can be varied, including the scissor-type actuation of the handle and the actuation of moving the cutting die using a rod, as described about Figure 18A-18H. It should be understood that the blade box shown in Figure 21A-21B can also be actuated using a rod system similar to Figure 18A-18H, and vice versa. Any one of a plurality of cutting actuations is contemplated herein.
承载表面715可以是软塑料材料(例如,具有肖氏90A硬度的硅树脂),其构造成防止刀片712变钝或损伤。承载表面715可以结合有一个或多个标记,以帮助引导用户将组织切割成期望的形状。The bearing surface 715 can be a soft plastic material (e.g., silicone with a Shore 90A hardness) configured to prevent the blade 712 from becoming dull or damaged. The bearing surface 715 can incorporate one or more markings to help guide the user to cut the tissue into a desired shape.
刀片712和承载表面715的相对构造可以变化。例如,刀片712可定位在上夹爪或下夹爪上,而承载表面715定位在相对的夹爪上。环钻装置700的剪式手柄705可以是通用的,因为装置700可由右手和左手用户使用。The relative configuration of the blade 712 and the bearing surface 715 can vary. For example, the blade 712 can be located on the upper jaw or the lower jaw, while the bearing surface 715 is located on the opposite jaw. The scissor handle 705 of the trephine device 700 can be universal in that the device 700 can be used by both right-handed and left-handed users.
如上所述,刀片盒710可以可移除地安装在手柄705上。这允许在切割边缘变钝时丢弃刀片。刀片盒710可从手柄705移除并用具有新近且锋利的刀片712的新刀片盒710更换。类似地,可更换图18E中所示的实施例中的切割模具511。切割组件500包括具有至少一个刀片547的切割模具511,刀片547构造成在杆343的致动时可相对于垫515和承载表面513移动。切割模具511连同其附接的(一个或多个)刀片547可以从垫515移除,使得当(一个或多个)刀片547变钝时,可以用具有新近刀片547的新模具511来更换模具511。As mentioned above, blade box 710 can be removably mounted on handle 705. This allows to discard blade when cutting edge becomes dull. Blade box 710 can be removed from handle 705 and replaced with a new blade box 710 with a recent and sharp blade 712. Similarly, the cutting die 511 in the embodiment shown in replaceable Figure 18E. Cutting assembly 500 includes a cutting die 511 with at least one blade 547, and blade 547 is configured to move relative to pad 515 and bearing surface 513 when actuated by rod 343. Cutting die 511 can be removed from pad 515 together with (one or more) blades 547 attached thereto, so that when (one or more) blades 547 become dull, mold 511 can be replaced with a new mold 511 with a recent blade 547.
图21A示出了环钻装置700,其中刀片盒710安装在手柄705上,并且图21B示出了刀片盒710从手柄705被移除。手柄705的每个手柄部分可在其远端包括杆状突起707,其尺寸、形状和长度构造成接收从至少近端朝向远端延伸通过刀片盒710的上夹爪714和下夹爪716的对应孔洞708。第一手柄部分具有构造成通过近侧开口插入到下夹爪的孔洞708中的第一突起707,并且第二手柄部分具有构造成通过近侧开口插入到上夹爪的孔洞708中的第二突起707。孔洞708可定位成通过夹爪的避免干扰刀片712的切割的区域。将手柄部分展开将突起707剪式运动分开并因此将夹爪分开。孔洞708和突起707之间的附接可结合构造成在它们之间提供可逆的、免工具接合的特征,包括滑动配合、过盈配合、卡扣配合、卡口和其他类型的附接。期望防止刀片盒710的夹爪714、716相对于它们相应的突起707旋转,以确保刀片712和承载表面715保持彼此垂直。突起707被示出为具有方形横截面,以防止刀片盒710的夹爪714、716绕突起707的轴线旋转。在实施方式中,附接是滑动配合或过盈配合到突起707上,其防止刀片盒710在附接后旋转。考虑到多种形状中的任何一种(例如,椭圆形、矩形、三角形或其他非圆形几何形状)。如本领域已知的,手柄705和刀片盒710之间的附接可以变化。上部附接和下部附接可以是相同的,从而允许用户选择相对于手柄705的期望取向。FIG. 21A shows a trephine device 700 with a blade cartridge 710 mounted on a handle 705, and FIG. 21B shows the blade cartridge 710 removed from the handle 705. Each handle portion of the handle 705 may include a rod-shaped projection 707 at its distal end, the size, shape, and length of which are configured to receive corresponding holes 708 of an upper jaw 714 and a lower jaw 716 extending from at least the proximal end toward the distal end through the blade cartridge 710. The first handle portion has a first projection 707 configured to be inserted into the hole 708 of the lower jaw through the proximal opening, and the second handle portion has a second projection 707 configured to be inserted into the hole 708 of the upper jaw through the proximal opening. The hole 708 may be positioned through an area of the jaws that avoids interfering with the cutting of the blade 712. Spreading the handle portions separates the projections 707 in a scissor-like motion and thus separates the jaws. The attachment between hole 708 and projection 707 can be combined with the feature that is configured to provide reversible, tool-free engagement between them, including sliding fit, interference fit, snap fit, bayonet and other types of attachment. It is expected that the jaws 714, 716 of blade box 710 are prevented from rotating relative to their corresponding projection 707 to ensure that blade 712 and bearing surface 715 remain perpendicular to each other. Projection 707 is shown as having a square cross section to prevent the jaws 714, 716 of blade box 710 from rotating around the axis of projection 707. In an embodiment, attachment is a sliding fit or interference fit on projection 707, which prevents blade box 710 from rotating after attachment. Consider any one of a variety of shapes (e.g., oval, rectangular, triangular or other non-circular geometric shapes). As known in the art, the attachment between handle 705 and blade box 710 can vary. Upper attachment and lower attachment can be the same, thereby allowing the user to select the desired orientation relative to handle 705.
图21B中示出的上夹爪714和下夹爪716是完全独立的部件,除了它们附接至手柄705上的突起707之外,它们不彼此联接。上夹爪714和下夹爪716也可彼此铰接地联接。The upper jaw 714 and lower jaw 716 shown in Figure 21B are completely separate components that are not coupled to one another except for their attachment to the protrusion 707 on the handle 705. The upper jaw 714 and lower jaw 716 may also be hingedly coupled to one another.
刀片盒710也不需要可从手柄705移除,尽管优选的是从手柄705移除刀片盒710,使得刀片盒710可在单次使用后被丢弃并且手柄705在重新消毒之后可以重复用于另外的刀片盒710。手柄705可以由构造成被重新消毒的材料制成,例如金属或塑料。刀片盒710的一个或多个部件(例如,具有承载表面715的下夹爪714)可以由不构造成进行重新消毒并且因此是一次性的材料制成,例如塑料。The blade cartridge 710 also need not be removable from the handle 705, although it is preferred to remove the blade cartridge 710 from the handle 705 so that the blade cartridge 710 can be discarded after a single use and the handle 705 can be reused for another blade cartridge 710 after resterilization. The handle 705 can be made of a material configured to be resterilized, such as metal or plastic. One or more components of the blade cartridge 710 (e.g., the lower jaw 714 having the bearing surface 715) can be made of a material that is not configured to be resterilized and is therefore disposable, such as plastic.
图22A相对于下夹爪716的承载表面715示出了上夹爪714的刀片712。刀片712以精确的方式彼此间隔开,以便在手柄705的单次切割致动中在两个位置切割材料的片块101。在一些实施方式中,刀片712彼此平行地间隔开。在优选实施方式中并且如图22B-22C中最佳地示出,刀片712彼此成一定角度安装,该角度适应斜面的角度,从而确保刀片712之间的内部空间(至少是刀片712的穿透组织的部分)是平行且直面的。FIG. 22A shows the blades 712 of the upper jaw 714 relative to the bearing surface 715 of the lower jaw 716. The blades 712 are spaced apart from each other in a precise manner so as to cut the piece of material 101 at two locations in a single cutting actuation of the handle 705. In some embodiments, the blades 712 are spaced apart parallel to each other. In a preferred embodiment and as best shown in FIGS. 22B-22C , the blades 712 are mounted at an angle to each other that accommodates the angle of the bevel, thereby ensuring that the interior space between the blades 712 (at least the portion of the blades 712 that penetrates tissue) is parallel and straight.
图22B是刀片712的详细视图,示出了成角度的安装,并且图22C是在圆C处截取的图22B的刀片的详细视图。每个刀片712包括由至少一个远侧斜面形成的锋利的远侧切割边缘720。两个刀片712相对于彼此成一定角度安装,使得内面不平行而远侧斜面彼此平行。如下文更详细描述的,尽管刀片712本身的内面不平行,但是刀片712的远侧斜面彼此平行并且基本上正交于承载表面715的平面表面,并且因此正交于被切割的组织片块。FIG. 22B is a detailed view of the blade 712, showing the angled mounting, and FIG. 22C is a detailed view of the blade of FIG. 22B taken at circle C. Each blade 712 includes a sharp distal cutting edge 720 formed by at least one distal bevel. The two blades 712 are mounted at an angle relative to each other so that the inner faces are not parallel and the distal bevels are parallel to each other. As described in more detail below, although the inner faces of the blades 712 themselves are not parallel, the distal bevels of the blades 712 are parallel to each other and are substantially orthogonal to the planar surface of the load-bearing surface 715, and therefore orthogonal to the tissue piece being cut.
每个刀片712的至少内面或内面和外面两者可成斜面以形成远侧切割边缘720。刀片712的内面722可被磨削以获得具有第一切割角度A1的第一切割表面724。刀片712的外面723可被磨削以获得具有第二切割角A2的第二切割表面725。第一切割角度A1可以小于第二切割角度A2。当刀片712a、712b的内面722相对于彼此成角度φ定位(例如,使用间隔件726)时,第一切割表面724的切割角度A1允许第一刀片712a的第一切割表面724布置成平行于第二刀片712b的第一切割表面724(如图22B所示)。换句话说,刀片712a、712b相对于彼此的不平行角度φ确保刀片712a、712b的内面722的切割表面724彼此平行并且还布置成与承载表面715正交,并且因此与靠在承载表面715上的被切割组织正交。间隔件726可以将(一个或多个)刀片712的位置和距离置于非常严格的公差(例如,+/-0.1mm)内,以便不仅有助于从材料的片块101获得非常一致且非常笔直的支架105,而且还有助于将切割的支架装载到插管中以进行传送,如本文别处所述。At least the inner face or both the inner face and the outer face of each blade 712 may be beveled to form a distal cutting edge 720. The inner face 722 of the blade 712 may be ground to obtain a first cutting surface 724 having a first cutting angle A1. The outer face 723 of the blade 712 may be ground to obtain a second cutting surface 725 having a second cutting angle A2. The first cutting angle A1 may be less than the second cutting angle A2. When the inner faces 722 of the blades 712a, 712b are positioned at an angle φ relative to each other (e.g., using a spacer 726), the cutting angle A1 of the first cutting surface 724 allows the first cutting surface 724 of the first blade 712a to be arranged parallel to the first cutting surface 724 of the second blade 712b (as shown in FIG. 22B ). In other words, the non-parallel angle φ of the blades 712a, 712b relative to each other ensures that the cutting surfaces 724 of the inner faces 722 of the blades 712a, 712b are parallel to each other and also arranged orthogonal to the bearing surface 715, and therefore to the cut tissue resting against the bearing surface 715. The spacer 726 can place the position and distance of the blade(s) 712 within very tight tolerances (e.g., +/- 0.1 mm) to not only help obtain a very consistent and very straight stent 105 from the piece of material 101, but also help load the cut stent into a cannula for delivery, as described elsewhere herein.
刀片的成角度使得斜面彼此平行并且与承载表面715正交,这防止位于承载表面715上的材料的片块101在切割期间被向内“挤压变形”。消除“挤压变形”,可以使片块切割出更一致的横截面,并提高切割性能。刀片可以切割更多不同厚度的组织,并且当刀片穿透组织时对组织本身的损伤较小。尽管所示刀片具有双斜面切割边缘(参见图22E),但是刀片盒还可以包括彼此平行且平坦地安装的单斜面刀片(参见图22D)。如果成斜面的面以一定角度彼此面对,则刀片之间的所得内部空间具有完全平行且笔直的面。The angle of the blade makes the bevels parallel to each other and orthogonal to the load-bearing surface 715, which prevents the piece 101 of the material on the load-bearing surface 715 from being "squeezed out" inward during cutting. Eliminating "squeezing out" can make the piece cut out a more consistent cross-section and improve cutting performance. The blade can cut more tissues of different thicknesses, and when the blade penetrates the tissue, the damage to the tissue itself is less. Although the blade shown has a double-bevel cutting edge (see Figure 22E), the blade box can also include a single-bevel blade (see Figure 22D) that is parallel to each other and installed flatly. If the beveled faces face each other at a certain angle, the resulting internal space between the blades has a completely parallel and straight face.
图23A-23C示出了顶出弹簧730的实施方式,该顶出弹簧730可以定位在刀片盒710的刀片712之间。顶出弹簧730有助于在切割动作完成之后将切割的支架105从刀片712之间顶出,使得用户可以抓取切割的支架105(例如,用镊子)以便继续进行手术的下一步骤(例如,将切割的支架105装载到传送装置中)。图23A是刀片712的透视图。图23B是一个刀片712被透明的透视图,以显示弹簧730相对于刀片712和间隔件726的位置。图23C是刀片712的前端视图,示出了弹簧730。顶出弹簧730(例如,螺旋弹簧、泡沫、片簧或其他弹簧机构)可以联接到定位在刀片712之间的间隔件726。弹簧730作用以将切割的支架105从刀片712之间移出。处于弹簧构造的弹簧730在刀片的最远末端之间突出(参见图23C)。这向下推动位于刀片712之间的任何组织,使得在通过展开手柄705打开刀片盒710时,组织被推向下夹爪716的承载表面715,而不是上夹爪714中的刀片712之间。弹簧720具有足够柔性,以在朝向承载表面715的切割运动期间被向上压缩在刀片712之间,而不影响环钻装置700的切割运动。然后可以将切割的支架105装载到传送插管内以植入眼睛中。顶出弹簧730可以并入本文描述的切割器的任何实施例中,包括图18A-18H所示的切割装置300,以确保切割的支架保持可供用户抓取。23A-23C illustrate an embodiment of an ejector spring 730 that can be positioned between blades 712 of a blade cartridge 710. The ejector spring 730 helps eject the cut stent 105 from between the blades 712 after the cutting action is completed, so that the user can grab the cut stent 105 (e.g., with forceps) to proceed to the next step of the procedure (e.g., loading the cut stent 105 into a delivery device). FIG. 23A is a perspective view of a blade 712. FIG. 23B is a perspective view of a blade 712 that is transparent to show the position of the spring 730 relative to the blade 712 and the spacer 726. FIG. 23C is a front end view of the blade 712 showing the spring 730. The ejector spring 730 (e.g., a coil spring, foam, leaf spring, or other spring mechanism) can be coupled to the spacer 726 positioned between the blades 712. The spring 730 acts to move the cut stent 105 out from between the blades 712. The spring 730 in spring structure protrudes between the farthest ends of the blades (see Figure 23 C). This pushes any tissue between the blades 712 downwards so that when the blade box 710 is opened by the unfolding handle 705, the tissue is pushed to the bearing surface 715 of the lower jaw 716, rather than between the blades 712 in the upper jaw 714. The spring 720 has enough flexibility to be compressed upwards between the blades 712 during the cutting motion towards the bearing surface 715, without affecting the cutting motion of the trephine device 700. The support 105 of cutting can then be loaded into the transmission cannula to be implanted in the eye. The ejection spring 730 can be incorporated in any embodiment of the cutter described herein, including the cutting device 300 shown in Figures 18A-18H, to ensure that the support of cutting remains available for user grasping.
切割组件的各个部件相对于切割装置的相对布置可以变化。上面参考刀片位于片块“上方”描述的布置可以与刀片位于片块“下方”一样容易地执行。本文使用的方向语言是为了清楚和理解的目的,并且不旨在将装置限制为特定布置。The relative arrangement of the various components of the cutting assembly with respect to the cutting device may vary. The arrangement described above with reference to the blade being "above" the tile may be implemented just as easily with the blade being "below" the tile. The directional language used herein is for purposes of clarity and understanding and is not intended to limit the device to a particular arrangement.
图19A-19B示出了装载装置600的实施方式。装载装置600可包括具有远侧部分605的基部602,该远侧部分605包括尺寸和形状被设计为接收组织盒的至少一部分(例如鼻锥组件274)的远侧开口或容座606。鼻锥组件274的近端区域可以相对于容座606带键(keyed),使得其只能以单个取向插入容座606内,类似于在鼻锥组件274和传送装置壳体405之间的键式连接。例如,鼻锥组件274的近端的突起290可插入容座606的至少一部分内,以将远侧轴210的内腔238与装载装置600的推动器620对齐。当手柄643相对于基部602处于第一构造时,例如,如图19A所示远离基部602向上提离,鼻锥组件274的突起290可被插入装载装置600的容座606内。手柄643可被推入第二构造,例如朝向基部602旋转,以相对于装载装置600固定鼻锥组件274(参见图19B)。容座606可以夹住鼻锥组件274的至少一个区域,以将其相对于装载装置600固定。19A-19B illustrate an embodiment of a loading device 600. The loading device 600 may include a base 602 having a distal portion 605 including a distal opening or receptacle 606 sized and shaped to receive at least a portion of a tissue cassette (e.g., a nose cone assembly 274). The proximal region of the nose cone assembly 274 may be keyed relative to the receptacle 606 so that it can only be inserted into the receptacle 606 in a single orientation, similar to the keyed connection between the nose cone assembly 274 and the delivery device housing 405. For example, the protrusion 290 at the proximal end of the nose cone assembly 274 may be inserted into at least a portion of the receptacle 606 to align the lumen 238 of the distal shaft 210 with the pusher 620 of the loading device 600. When the handle 643 is in a first configuration relative to the base 602, e.g., lifted upward away from the base 602 as shown in FIG19A , the protrusion 290 of the nose cone assembly 274 can be inserted into the receptacle 606 of the loading device 600. The handle 643 can be pushed into a second configuration, e.g., rotated toward the base 602, to secure the nose cone assembly 274 relative to the loading device 600 (see FIG19B ). The receptacle 606 can clamp at least one area of the nose cone assembly 274 to secure it relative to the loading device 600.
装载装置600可在装置600的相对于可移动犁部(plow)622的一部分上接收来自切割装置300的切割的支架105。装置600可结合有凹部或装载记号621以向用户提供关于相对于犁部622放置切割的支架105的位置的引导。犁部622可以沿着基部602并相对于定位在记号621处的支架105向前移动,以促使支架105与远侧轴210的内腔238对准。图20A-20B是示出了犁部622相对于基部602的双向移动以便将切割的支架105与轴210的内腔对准的截面示意图。图20A示出了处于缩回构造的犁部622使得装载记号621位于犁部622的前表面624的前面。切割的支架105可定位在犁部622的前表面624前面的装载记号621处。犁部622在箭头A方向上的移动将切割的支架105推向基部602的终端区域623。犁部622的前表面624和基部602的终端区域623形成与轴(在图20A-20B中不可见)的内腔同轴且基本上尺寸匹配的空间。犁部622的前表面624可以弯曲以便形成圆的至少一部分。与犁部622的前表面624相对的终端区域623可具有与前表面624的曲率镜像的曲率,使得在将犁部622放置在终端区域623附近时,形成包含切割的支架105的管状结构625(参见图20B)。当犁部622被推动成与基部602的终端区域623接触时形成的管状结构625可具有与远侧轴的内径基本相同的内径。如本文别处所讨论的,切割的支架105的尺寸可以相对于轴的内腔稍微过大,使得切割的支架105在轴内被压缩或压紧。类似地,当犁部622被放置成与基部602的终端区域623接触时,管状结构625可以压缩或压紧切割的支架105。犁部622的前表面624和基部602的终端区域623的相对曲率可以变化,但在一个与另一个配合时形成没有间隙的完整形状,使得支架105完全包含在管状结构625内。前表面624的弯曲可以是圆的至少约90度大至圆的约170度。基部602的终端区域623可具有至少为圆的约190度大至约270度的弯曲,使得切割的支架105与前表面624一起封闭成360度。这里考虑了多种曲率中的任何曲率,使得可以从记号621朝向终端区域632向前推动切割的支架105,使得其与轴210的纵向轴线同轴对准。表面624可以与截面不是圆形(包括椭圆形或其他弯曲形状)的终端区域623一起形成管状结构625。The loading device 600 can receive the cut stent 105 from the cutting device 300 on a portion of the device 600 relative to a movable plow 622. The device 600 can incorporate a recess or loading mark 621 to provide guidance to the user regarding the location of the cut stent 105 relative to the plow 622. The plow 622 can be moved forward along the base 602 and relative to the stent 105 positioned at the mark 621 to cause the stent 105 to align with the lumen 238 of the distal shaft 210. Figures 20A-20B are cross-sectional schematic diagrams showing the bidirectional movement of the plow 622 relative to the base 602 to align the cut stent 105 with the lumen of the shaft 210. Figure 20A shows the plow 622 in a retracted configuration so that the loading mark 621 is located in front of the front surface 624 of the plow 622. The cut stent 105 can be positioned at the loading mark 621 in front of the front surface 624 of the plow 622. The movement of the plow 622 in the direction of arrow A pushes the cut stent 105 toward the terminal region 623 of the base 602. The front surface 624 of the plow 622 and the terminal region 623 of the base 602 form a space coaxial with the lumen of the shaft (not visible in Figures 20A-20B) and substantially matching in size. The front surface 624 of the plow 622 can be curved to form at least a portion of a circle. The terminal region 623 opposite the front surface 624 of the plow 622 can have a curvature that is a mirror image of the curvature of the front surface 624, so that when the plow 622 is placed near the terminal region 623, a tubular structure 625 (see Figure 20B) containing the cut stent 105 is formed. The tubular structure 625 formed when the plow 622 is pushed into contact with the terminal region 623 of the base 602 can have an inner diameter substantially the same as the inner diameter of the distal shaft. As discussed elsewhere herein, the size of the cut stent 105 can be slightly oversized relative to the lumen of the shaft so that the cut stent 105 is compressed or compacted within the shaft. Similarly, when the plow 622 is placed in contact with the terminal region 623 of the base 602, the tubular structure 625 can compress or compact the cut stent 105. The relative curvature of the front surface 624 of the plow 622 and the terminal region 623 of the base 602 can vary, but when one is matched with the other, a complete shape without gaps is formed so that the stent 105 is completely contained within the tubular structure 625. The curvature of the front surface 624 can be at least about 90 degrees of a circle up to about 170 degrees of a circle. The terminal region 623 of the base 602 can have a curvature of at least about 190 degrees of a circle up to about 270 degrees, so that the cut stent 105 is closed to 360 degrees with the front surface 624. Any of a variety of curvatures are contemplated herein such that the cut stent 105 can be pushed forward from the marking 621 toward the terminal region 632 so that it is coaxially aligned with the longitudinal axis of the shaft 210. The surface 624 can form a tubular structure 625 with the terminal region 623 having a cross-section that is not circular (including an elliptical or other curved shape).
一旦切割的支架105被压缩在管状结构625内并与远侧轴的内腔对准,装载装置600的推动器620就可用于压缩、压紧或以其他方式操纵切割的支架105进入轴的内腔。犁部622可以相对于基部602在第一方向上被操纵,例如利用操作性地联接到犁部622的致动器。推动器620可以在相对于基部602的第二方向上操纵,例如利用操作性地联接到推动器620的致动器。这里考虑了多种致动器中的任一种来移动犁部622和/或推动器620,包括转盘、按钮、滑块或其他致动器。犁部622可沿着相对于轴210的纵向轴线A成90度角的轴线A’横向移动。推动器620可以纵向地或沿着轴210的纵向轴线A移动。犁部622将切割的支架105与轴210的内腔238的长轴线A对齐,并且推动器620将切割的支架105装载到轴210的内腔238内。推动器620构造成穿过管状结构625,以便切割的支架105沿着纵向轴线A移动进入内腔238。一旦切割的支架105被装载到鼻锥组件274内,鼻锥组件274就可以从其与装载装置600的附接移除并且联接到传送装置400,如本文别处所述。Once the cut stent 105 is compressed within the tubular structure 625 and aligned with the lumen of the distal shaft, the pusher 620 of the loading device 600 can be used to compress, compact or otherwise manipulate the cut stent 105 into the lumen of the shaft. The plow 622 can be manipulated in a first direction relative to the base 602, such as by using an actuator operatively coupled to the plow 622. The pusher 620 can be manipulated in a second direction relative to the base 602, such as by using an actuator operatively coupled to the pusher 620. Any of a variety of actuators are contemplated here to move the plow 622 and/or the pusher 620, including a dial, a button, a slider or other actuators. The plow 622 can be moved transversely along an axis A' at a 90 degree angle relative to the longitudinal axis A of the shaft 210. The pusher 620 can move longitudinally or along the longitudinal axis A of the shaft 210. The plow 622 aligns the cut stent 105 with the long axis A of the lumen 238 of the shaft 210, and the pusher 620 loads the cut stent 105 into the lumen 238 of the shaft 210. The pusher 620 is configured to pass through the tubular structure 625 so that the cut stent 105 moves along the longitudinal axis A into the lumen 238. Once the cut stent 105 is loaded into the nose cone assembly 274, the nose cone assembly 274 can be removed from its attachment to the loading device 600 and coupled to the delivery device 400, as described elsewhere herein.
切割装置300和装载装置600可被构造为彼此联接或彼此接合,使得它们形成构造成与彼此协同工作的单个系统部件。例如,切割装置300可联接至装载装置600的基部602。装载装置600的基部602可包括构造成致动切割装置300的切割组件500的手柄。在该构造中,切割装置300不需要结合有其自身的构造成致动切割组件500的手柄343。类似地,垫515可由装载装置600的至少一部分形成,使得切割组件500和装载装置600的特征彼此协同工作以产生支架。组织的固定、组织的切割、切割的支架的转移、将切割的支架装载到组织盒中都可以组合到单个系统中或者可以分到不同装置中。The cutting device 300 and the loading device 600 can be configured to be coupled to or engage with each other so that they form a single system component configured to work in coordination with each other. For example, the cutting device 300 can be coupled to the base 602 of the loading device 600. The base 602 of the loading device 600 can include a handle configured to actuate the cutting assembly 500 of the cutting device 300. In this configuration, the cutting device 300 does not need to be combined with its own handle 343 configured to actuate the cutting assembly 500. Similarly, the pad 515 can be formed by at least a portion of the loading device 600 so that the features of the cutting assembly 500 and the loading device 600 work in coordination with each other to produce a support. The fixing of the tissue, the cutting of the tissue, the transfer of the cut support, and the loading of the cut support into the tissue cassette can all be combined into a single system or can be divided into different devices.
被装载和压缩以进行传送的切割的支架105可以定位在盒200的至少一部分内,例如在轴210的内腔238内。盒200的至少一部分可以从切割装置330(或装载装置600)移除,并且与传送装置400接合,以用于将支架105从盒200部署到眼睛中。上述关于切割组件500的切割的支架105的压缩和转移使切割的支架105准备好在该切割的支架105不从盒200移除的情况下进行传送。The cut stent 105 loaded and compressed for delivery can be positioned within at least a portion of the cartridge 200, such as within the lumen 238 of the shaft 210. At least a portion of the cartridge 200 can be removed from the cutting device 330 (or loading device 600) and engaged with the delivery device 400 for deployment of the stent 105 from the cartridge 200 into the eye. The compression and transfer of the cut stent 105 described above with respect to the cutting assembly 500 prepares the cut stent 105 for delivery without removing the cut stent 105 from the cartridge 200.
盒200可以与具有用于切割材料的片块101的切割组件500的切割装置300和用于将切割的支架装载到盒200中的装载组件联接。盒200然后可以从与切割装置300的接合被移除,使得其可以联接到传送装置400。切割装置300不需要结合装载组件或联接到盒200。例如,切割的支架105可以手动地从切割装置300转移到单独的装载装置600,该装载装置600与盒200联接以如上所述将切割的支架105装载到盒200中。这种关系可以包括移除和重新接合整个盒200或该盒200的仅一部分,例如仅鼻锥组件274(例如,鼻锥275和轴210)。在此考虑这两种布置。鼻锥组件274在本文中可简称为盒200。在盒200被描述为从与一个装置的接合移除到与另一装置接合的情况下,该描述与仅鼻锥组件274被移除或整个盒200被移除相关。在将盒200描述为构造成与传送装置400接合的情况下,该描述与仅鼻锥组件274接合到传送装置400或整个盒200接合到传送装置400相关。盒200和系统100的另一个部件之间的联接的各种情况可以是整个盒200或只是盒200的一部分,例如鼻锥组件274。Box 200 can be connected with cutting device 300 having cutting assembly 500 for cutting piece 101 of material and loading assembly for loading the cut support into box 200. Box 200 can then be removed from engagement with cutting device 300 so that it can be connected to conveyor 400. Cutting device 300 does not need to be combined with loading assembly or connected to box 200. For example, the cut support 105 can be manually transferred from cutting device 300 to separate loading device 600, which is connected with box 200 to load the cut support 105 into box 200 as described above. This relationship can include removing and reengaging the entire box 200 or only a portion of the box 200, such as only nose cone assembly 274 (e.g., nose cone 275 and shaft 210). These two arrangements are considered here. Nose cone assembly 274 can be referred to as box 200 in this article. Where the cartridge 200 is described as being removed from engagement with one device to engagement with another device, the description relates to either only the nose cone assembly 274 being removed or the entire cartridge 200 being removed. Where the cartridge 200 is described as being configured to engage with a delivery device 400, the description relates to either only the nose cone assembly 274 being engaged to the delivery device 400 or the entire cartridge 200 being engaged to the delivery device 400. The various instances of coupling between the cartridge 200 and another component of the system 100 may be the entire cartridge 200 or just a portion of the cartridge 200, such as the nose cone assembly 274.
材料的片块101可以放置在盒200的一部分内以进行切割,或者材料的片块101可以放置在切割装置300的一部分内以通过切割组件500切割并且切割的支架105转移到盒200(或盒200的仅一部分,例如鼻锥组件274)。可以使用切割组件500或切割装置300的部件将切割的支架105转移到盒200中,然后该盒200与切割装置分离以与传送装置联接。材料的片块101可以放置在切割组件500的区域内用于切割,且然后从切割组件500手动转移切割的支架105以在传送轴210内压紧,例如,使用与切割装置300分离的装载装置600。可以使用单独的装置从切割组件500转移切割的支架105,包括手动地转移。在一种实施方式中,该系统包括具有切割组件500的切割装置300。来自切割组件500的切割的支架105可以手动地转移(例如,通过钳)到具有压紧工具517的转移装置,以将切割的支架105压紧到远侧轴210中。然后可以将其中切割的支架105被压紧的远侧轴210联接到传送装置400,以便将切割的支架105部署到眼睛中。该系统可以具有单独的切割、转移和传送装置,而不是集成的一个或多个装置。在图14A-14H中示出的切割组件500可以是切割装置的一部分。转移部件可以与切割装置300集成,或者可以是单独的转移装置,例如图19A-19B的装载装置。The piece 101 of material can be placed in a portion of the box 200 for cutting, or the piece 101 of material can be placed in a portion of the cutting device 300 to be cut by the cutting assembly 500 and the cut bracket 105 is transferred to the box 200 (or only a portion of the box 200, such as the nose cone assembly 274). The cut bracket 105 can be transferred to the box 200 using the cutting assembly 500 or a component of the cutting device 300, and then the box 200 is separated from the cutting device to be connected to the conveying device. The piece 101 of material can be placed in the area of the cutting assembly 500 for cutting, and then the cut bracket 105 is manually transferred from the cutting assembly 500 to be compacted in the conveying shaft 210, for example, using a loading device 600 separated from the cutting device 300. The cut bracket 105 can be transferred from the cutting assembly 500 using a separate device, including manually. In one embodiment, the system includes a cutting device 300 having a cutting assembly 500. The cut stent 105 from the cutting assembly 500 can be manually transferred (e.g., by pliers) to a transfer device having a compression tool 517 to compress the cut stent 105 into the distal shaft 210. The distal shaft 210 in which the cut stent 105 is compressed can then be connected to the conveying device 400 to deploy the cut stent 105 into the eye. The system can have separate cutting, transfer and conveying devices, rather than one or more integrated devices. The cutting assembly 500 shown in Figures 14A-14H can be a part of the cutting device. The transfer component can be integrated with the cutting device 300, or it can be a separate transfer device, such as the loading device of Figures 19A-19B.
系统100可以包括传送装置400,该传送装置400构造成与保持切割的支架105的盒200的至少一部分联接。在一些实施方式中,具有切割的支架105的整个盒200从切割装置300移除,并且与传送装置400(参见图2)接合。在相互关联的实施方式中,其中定位有切割的支架105的盒200的一部分从切割装置300移除并与传送装置400接合(参见图6、9A-9D)。The system 100 may include a conveyor 400 configured to couple with at least a portion of the cartridge 200 holding the cut stents 105. In some embodiments, the entire cartridge 200 having the cut stents 105 is removed from the cutting device 300 and engaged with the conveyor 400 (see FIG. 2 ). In interrelated embodiments, a portion of the cartridge 200 having the cut stents 105 positioned therein is removed from the cutting device 300 and engaged with the conveyor 400 (see FIGS. 6 , 9A-9D ).
在图5A-5B中所示的实施方式中,保持切割的支架105的盒200可以被移除和装载到传送装置400中。图5C-5F示出了在传送装置400内装载组织盒200和使用传送装置400部署切割的支架105。传送装置400与盒200一起可用于将支架105传送到植入的位置,例如通过内路传送通路。这允许装载支架和部署支架,而不必将切割的支架105从其在盒200内的位置移除以便将切割的支架105装载到传送装置400中。盒200的至少一部分(例如,盒200的近侧部分207或鼻锥组件274的区域)可以由传送装置400保持并且盒200的远侧部分205可以插入到眼睛中。In the embodiment shown in Figures 5A-5B, the box 200 holding the cut stent 105 can be removed and loaded into the delivery device 400. Figures 5C-5F show the loading of the tissue box 200 in the delivery device 400 and the deployment of the cut stent 105 using the delivery device 400. The delivery device 400 can be used with the box 200 to deliver the stent 105 to the location of implantation, such as through the intra-path delivery channel. This allows the loading of the stent and the deployment of the stent without having to remove the cut stent 105 from its position in the box 200 in order to load the cut stent 105 into the delivery device 400. At least a portion of the box 200 (e.g., the proximal portion 207 of the box 200 or the area of the nose cone assembly 274) can be held by the delivery device 400 and the distal portion 205 of the box 200 can be inserted into the eye.
传送装置400可以包括近侧壳体405和远端区域410,近侧壳体405的尺寸和形状设计成可以由用户的单手抓握,远端区域410限定了附接机构425,例如尺寸设计成与盒200的至少一部分接合的容座412。在一种实施方式中,容座412的尺寸可以被设计成接收盒200的近侧部分207至少一段长度(参见图5C并且也参见图17A-17D)。The delivery device 400 can include a proximal housing 405 that is sized and shaped to be grasped by a single hand of a user and a distal region 410 that defines an attachment mechanism 425, such as a receptacle 412 that is sized to engage at least a portion of the cartridge 200. In one embodiment, the receptacle 412 can be sized to receive at least a length of the proximal portion 207 of the cartridge 200 (see FIG. 5C and also see FIGS. 17A-17D ).
在相互关联的实施方式中,附接机构425可以结合有另一公对母附接机构,例如卡口连接器413(参见图10A-10C、17A-17C)。图17B-17C示出了从鼻锥275的近端区域突出的近侧联接器413a和从壳体405的远端区域突出的对应的远侧联接器413b。近侧联接器413a可具有突起290,突起290具有对应于远侧联接器413b上的容座292的形状的形状,从而形成键式接口。近侧联接器413a的突起290可以以第一取向插入远侧联接器413b上的容座292。然后,鼻锥组件274可以在第一方向上绕轴线旋转,以相对于壳体405固定鼻锥组件274(参见图10B中的箭头)。为了将鼻锥组件274与壳体405脱开,执行相反的操作。容座292和突起290的形状可以选择为使得突起290相对于容座292的旋转导致突起290被防止从容座292撤回。旋转可以是约90度至约180度,以确保鼻锥组件174和壳体405之间的固定。该形状在图10A中示出为椭圆形,但是形状可以变化,包括矩形或其他几何形状以及自由形态形状。可以选择突起290和容座292的形状,使得它们仅在单个取向上联接在一起。图17A示出了容座292可以是从顶部到底部细长的形状,并且结合有尺寸小于容座292的下部区域295的上部区域293。突起290可以具有当容座292的较小的上部区域位于顶部并且较大的下部区域位于底部时仅能插入容座292中的对应形状。当插入容座292内时,突起290可以相对于容座292沿顺时针方向旋转例如90度,以相对于壳体405固定鼻锥组件174。In an interrelated embodiment, the attachment mechanism 425 can be combined with another male-to-female attachment mechanism, such as a bayonet connector 413 (see Figures 10A-10C, 17A-17C). Figures 17B-17C show a proximal coupler 413a protruding from a proximal region of the nose cone 275 and a corresponding distal coupler 413b protruding from a distal region of the housing 405. The proximal coupler 413a can have a protrusion 290 having a shape corresponding to the shape of the receptacle 292 on the distal coupler 413b, thereby forming a keyed interface. The protrusion 290 of the proximal coupler 413a can be inserted into the receptacle 292 on the distal coupler 413b in a first orientation. The nose cone assembly 274 can then be rotated about the axis in a first direction to secure the nose cone assembly 274 relative to the housing 405 (see the arrow in Figure 10B). To disengage the nose cone assembly 274 from the housing 405, the reverse operation is performed. The shapes of the receptacle 292 and the protrusion 290 can be selected so that rotation of the protrusion 290 relative to the receptacle 292 causes the protrusion 290 to be prevented from being withdrawn from the receptacle 292. The rotation can be about 90 degrees to about 180 degrees to ensure fixation between the nose cone assembly 174 and the housing 405. The shape is shown as an oval in FIG. 10A, but the shape can vary, including rectangular or other geometric shapes and free-form shapes. The shapes of the protrusion 290 and the receptacle 292 can be selected so that they are only coupled together in a single orientation. FIG. 17A shows that the receptacle 292 can be an elongated shape from top to bottom and is combined with an upper area 293 that is smaller in size than the lower area 295 of the receptacle 292. The protrusion 290 can have a corresponding shape that can only be inserted into the receptacle 292 when the smaller upper area of the receptacle 292 is located at the top and the larger lower area is located at the bottom. When inserted into the receptacle 292 , the protrusion 290 may be rotated in a clockwise direction relative to the receptacle 292 , for example 90 degrees, to secure the nose cone assembly 174 relative to the housing 405 .
如上面关于切割装置300所提到的,附接机构425可以是带键的(keyed),使得盖214在基部224上就位的盒200可以在单个取向上被接收在附接机构425内或以其他方式接合附接机构425。当盒200与壳体405的附接机构425联接时,盒200的轴210在远侧方向上从壳体405向外延伸。附接机构425的键连特征可以防止在错误的取向上附接。附接机构425还可以向用户提供具有触觉反馈的安全连接,以指示连接何时完全接合。附接机构425的尺寸也设计为确保轴210的内腔238与传送装置400的内部机构(例如推杆420)对齐。As mentioned above with respect to the cutting device 300, the attachment mechanism 425 can be keyed so that the box 200 with the cover 214 in place on the base 224 can be received in the attachment mechanism 425 or otherwise engage the attachment mechanism 425 in a single orientation. When the box 200 is coupled to the attachment mechanism 425 of the housing 405, the shaft 210 of the box 200 extends outward from the housing 405 in the distal direction. The keying feature of the attachment mechanism 425 can prevent attachment in the wrong orientation. The attachment mechanism 425 can also provide a secure connection with tactile feedback to the user to indicate when the connection is fully engaged. The size of the attachment mechanism 425 is also designed to ensure that the lumen 238 of the shaft 210 is aligned with the internal mechanism (e.g., push rod 420) of the delivery device 400.
图5A-5C的附接机构425可以是容座412,其深度足以容纳盒200的近侧部分207的长度,同时轴210保持在容座412的外部。柔性钩422可以延伸到容座412的至少一部分中(参见图5C)。钩422的远端424可以被接收在组织盒200的近端区域附近的相应地成形的棘爪272内。随着盒200在容座412内滑动,钩422的远端424可以滑动通过盒200的近端207并插入棘爪272内。钩422的柔性允许钩422在该钩422的远端424前进通过盒200的第一区域时被向上推,并且在远端424进一步前进时向下弯回,从而接合棘爪272(参见图5D)。与棘爪272接合的弹簧加载的钩422可以提供触觉和/或听觉“咔哒”声,以通知用户盒200已完全安装在传送装置400内,被保持并准备好传送支架105。The attachment mechanism 425 of Fig. 5A-5C can be a receptacle 412, and its depth is enough to accommodate the length of the proximal part 207 of box 200, while the shaft 210 remains on the outside of the receptacle 412. The flexible hook 422 can extend into at least a portion of the receptacle 412 (see Fig. 5C). The distal end 424 of the hook 422 can be received in the correspondingly shaped pawl 272 near the proximal region of the tissue cassette 200. Along with the box 200 sliding in the receptacle 412, the distal end 424 of the hook 422 can slide through the proximal end 207 of the box 200 and insert in the pawl 272. The flexibility of the hook 422 allows the hook 422 to be pushed upward when the distal end 424 of the hook 422 advances through the first region of the box 200, and bends back downward when the distal end 424 further advances, thereby engaging the pawl 272 (see Fig. 5D). The spring loaded hook 422 engaging the detent 272 may provide a tactile and/or audible "click" to notify the user that the cartridge 200 has been fully installed within the transport 400, is retained and is ready for transport of the rack 105.
一个或多个致动器415可以定位在壳体405的区域上。致动器415也可以由用户的单手操纵,例如用拇指或手指。致动器415的构造可以变化。例如,致动器415可以包括各种旋钮、按钮、滑块、转盘或构造成移动传送装置400的一个或多个部件的其他类型的致动器(如下文将更详细地描述)中的任何致动器。One or more actuators 415 can be positioned on an area of the housing 405. The actuators 415 can also be manipulated by a single hand of a user, such as with a thumb or finger. The configuration of the actuators 415 can vary. For example, the actuators 415 can include any of a variety of knobs, buttons, sliders, dials, or other types of actuators configured to move one or more components of the conveyor 400 (as described in more detail below).
传送装置400可以包括推杆420,其构造成由一个或多个致动器415移动。一旦以轴210的远端到达期望位置,推杆420(在本文也称为推动器或压紧工具)就可与盒200一起使用以从盒200传送支架105。推杆420的尺寸和形状可以与轴210的内部尺寸互补。例如,在盒200的轴210具有矩形截面形状的情况下,推杆420的截面可以是矩形的。这允许推杆420有效地推动切割的支架105通过轴210的内腔238。The delivery device 400 may include a push rod 420 configured to be moved by one or more actuators 415. Once the desired position is reached with the distal end of the shaft 210, the push rod 420 (also referred to herein as a pusher or a pressing tool) may be used with the cartridge 200 to deliver the stent 105 from the cartridge 200. The size and shape of the push rod 420 may be complementary to the interior dimensions of the shaft 210. For example, in the case where the shaft 210 of the cartridge 200 has a rectangular cross-sectional shape, the cross-section of the push rod 420 may be rectangular. This allows the push rod 420 to effectively push the cut stent 105 through the lumen 238 of the shaft 210.
在将组织盒200联接到传送装置400内之前,推杆420可以在近侧位置完全缩回,因此推杆420不干扰盒200的装载。一旦盒200安装并保持在传送装置400内,如图5D和图9B中所示,推杆420就可以通过盒200中的近端端口向远侧推进,并且进入轴210的内腔238(参见图5E和图9C)。在一些实施方式中,推杆420可以被推进通过内腔238并从内腔238的远侧开口230出来,以部署支架105。在其他实施方式中,推杆420被推进到内腔238内支架105的近端附近的远侧位置,并且轴210向近侧撤回,同时推杆420保持静止以部署支架105(参见图5F和图9D)。Prior to coupling the tissue cassette 200 to the transport device 400, the push rod 420 can be fully retracted in a proximal position so that the push rod 420 does not interfere with the loading of the cassette 200. Once the cassette 200 is installed and held in the transport device 400, as shown in FIGS. 5D and 9B, the push rod 420 can be advanced distally through the proximal port in the cassette 200 and into the lumen 238 of the shaft 210 (see FIGS. 5E and 9C). In some embodiments, the push rod 420 can be advanced through the lumen 238 and out of the distal opening 230 of the lumen 238 to deploy the stent 105. In other embodiments, the push rod 420 is advanced to a distal position near the proximal end of the stent 105 in the lumen 238, and the shaft 210 is withdrawn proximally while the push rod 420 remains stationary to deploy the stent 105 (see FIGS. 5F and 9D).
轴210可以在推杆420保持静止的同时通过盒200相对于传送装置400在近侧方向上的运动向近侧撤回,以便在眼睛内部署支架105(参见图5F和图9D)。因此,推杆420可以用作止动器,从而防止支架105在其缩回时跟随轴210。结果是支架105从轴210脱出并留在组织内。在其他实施方式中,盒200和推杆420两者可移动以实现支架从轴210部署。在一些实施方式中,推杆420可相对于轴210被推进以将支架105从内腔完全部署。The shaft 210 can be withdrawn proximally by movement of the cartridge 200 relative to the delivery device 400 in the proximal direction while the push rod 420 remains stationary, so as to deploy the stent 105 in the eye (see FIGS. 5F and 9D ). Thus, the push rod 420 can act as a stopper, thereby preventing the stent 105 from following the shaft 210 as it is retracted. The result is that the stent 105 is dislodged from the shaft 210 and remains in the tissue. In other embodiments, both the cartridge 200 and the push rod 420 can be moved to enable the stent to be deployed from the shaft 210. In some embodiments, the push rod 420 can be advanced relative to the shaft 210 to fully deploy the stent 105 from the lumen.
在一些实施方式中,推杆420可以联接到第一致动器415并且盒200可以联接到第二致动器415。第一和第二致动器415可以是滑块、按钮或构造成推进和缩回它们各自的部件的致动器的其他构造或组合。联接到推杆420的第一致动器415可以向近侧撤回,使得推杆420在盒200被传送装置400的附接机构425接合时处于其最近侧位置。用户可以推进第一致动器415,以向远侧推动推杆420,以将盒200的内腔238内的支架105朝向轴210的远侧开口230推进。在切割的支架105备好进入其在内腔238内的远侧位置之后,盒200的轴210可用于解剖眼睛的组织,直到到达目标位置。一旦轴210就位以在眼睛中部署支架105,联接到推杆420的第一致动器415就可以保持在该远侧位置,并且第二致动器415被致动(例如,撤回滑块或推动按钮)以将盒200相对于传送装置400缩回一段距离。盒200的轴210相对于推杆420的这种相对运动从将支架105从内腔238部署到解剖结构。支架105可以通过推进推杆420而从内腔238部署,使得支架105从内腔238完全外露。In some embodiments, the push rod 420 can be coupled to the first actuator 415 and the cartridge 200 can be coupled to the second actuator 415. The first and second actuators 415 can be sliders, buttons, or other configurations or combinations of actuators configured to advance and retract their respective components. The first actuator 415 coupled to the push rod 420 can be withdrawn proximally so that the push rod 420 is in its most proximal position when the cartridge 200 is engaged by the attachment mechanism 425 of the delivery device 400. The user can advance the first actuator 415 to push the push rod 420 distally to advance the stent 105 within the lumen 238 of the cartridge 200 toward the distal opening 230 of the shaft 210. After the cut stent 105 is ready to enter its distal position within the lumen 238, the shaft 210 of the cartridge 200 can be used to dissect tissue of the eye until the target location is reached. Once the shaft 210 is in position to deploy the stent 105 in the eye, the first actuator 415 coupled to the push rod 420 can be maintained in the distal position, and the second actuator 415 is actuated (e.g., withdrawing a slider or pushing a button) to retract the cartridge 200 a distance relative to the delivery device 400. This relative movement of the shaft 210 of the cartridge 200 relative to the push rod 420 deploys the stent 105 from the lumen 238 to the anatomical structure. The stent 105 can be deployed from the lumen 238 by advancing the push rod 420 so that the stent 105 is fully exposed from the lumen 238.
图5E示出了盒200,其安装在传送装置400的容座412内,使得在容座412的末端和盒200的最近端之间存在空间。该空间的深度限定了盒可以缩回的最大距离200。支架105相对于内腔238位于远侧开口230附近,且推杆420被推进到其远侧位置,使得推杆420的远端抵靠支架105的近端。钩422的远端424保持在棘爪272内并且第二致动器415尚未致动。钩422的近端426联接到弹簧430。当第二致动器415在致动之前处于静止状态时,钩422被向远侧推动进入第一构造。当钩422被向远侧推动进入第一构造时,弹簧430在钩422的近端426和弹簧430壳体的远端之间被压缩。当第二致动器415被致动(例如,被向下推)时,弹簧430被释放并将钩422的近端426推向壳体405的近端。钩422向近端移动并与它一起拖拽盒200——其由于钩422的远端424在棘爪272内的接合而与钩422联接。钩422向近侧移动的距离因此将盒200缩回容座412中更深。推杆420可以在盒200缩回期间保持静止。轴210与推杆420之间的相对运动420将支架105从内腔238部署(参见图5F)。Fig. 5E shows the box 200, which is mounted in the receptacle 412 of the conveyor 400 so that there is a space between the end of the receptacle 412 and the nearest end of the box 200. The depth of the space defines the maximum distance 200 that the box can be retracted. The support 105 is located near the distal opening 230 relative to the inner cavity 238, and the push rod 420 is advanced to its distal position so that the distal end of the push rod 420 abuts against the proximal end of the support 105. The distal end 424 of the hook 422 is retained in the pawl 272 and the second actuator 415 has not yet been actuated. The proximal end 426 of the hook 422 is connected to the spring 430. When the second actuator 415 is in a stationary state before actuation, the hook 422 is pushed distally into the first configuration. When the hook 422 is pushed distally into the first configuration, the spring 430 is compressed between the proximal end 426 of the hook 422 and the distal end of the spring 430 housing. When the second actuator 415 is actuated (e.g., pushed downward), the spring 430 is released and pushes the proximal end 426 of the hook 422 toward the proximal end of the housing 405. The hook 422 moves proximally and drags the box 200 with it - which is coupled to the hook 422 due to the engagement of the distal end 424 of the hook 422 in the pawl 272. The distance that the hook 422 moves proximally thus retracts the box 200 deeper into the receptacle 412. The push rod 420 can remain stationary during the retraction of the box 200. The relative movement 420 between the shaft 210 and the push rod 420 deploys the stent 105 from the inner cavity 238 (see Figure 5F).
应当理解,推杆420的附加远侧运动可用于帮助将支架105从内腔238部署。还应当理解,推杆420推进和盒200缩回可以如上所述由双致动器415或由能够根据致动程度而实现推动器和盒200两者运动的单致动器415控制。此外,在使用推杆420作为柱塞的过程期间,轴210可用于注入粘性材料,例如粘弹性材料。下文更详细地描述了支架105的植入和传送方法。It should be understood that additional distal movement of the push rod 420 can be used to assist in deploying the stent 105 from the lumen 238. It should also be understood that the push rod 420 advancement and the cartridge 200 retraction can be controlled by a dual actuator 415 as described above or by a single actuator 415 capable of achieving movement of both the push rod and the cartridge 200 depending on the degree of actuation. In addition, during the process of using the push rod 420 as a plunger, the shaft 210 can be used to inject a viscous material, such as a viscoelastic material. The implantation and delivery methods of the stent 105 are described in more detail below.
图11A-11C示出了通过使用传送装置400的第一致动器415a(在这种情况下可以是滑块)以将推动器从第一装载位置(完全缩回)移动到第二备好位置(至少部分推进)来部署支架的步骤。第一装载位置将推动器远离传送装置400的远端区域缩回,从而允许鼻锥组件274(或整个盒200)联接到传送装置400。第二备好位置将推动器朝向传送装置400的远端推进,以推进切割的支架105通过轴210的内腔238。优选地,在轴210通过角膜插入之前,推动器被推进到第二备好位置。传送装置400可以另外结合可移动的防护装置432,该防护装置被布置成防止用户无意中将滑块推过越过第二备好位置。防护装置432可以被向下推向传送装置的壳体405,使得第二致动器415b被防护装置432覆盖,从而防止第二致动器415b被意外启动。防护装置432具有一定长度,使得该防护装置432在滑块轨道435的至少一部分上延伸(或具有在滑块轨道435的至少一部分内延伸的特征433),从而除了阻挡第二致动器415b(图11B)之外,还阻止第一致动器415a进一步向远侧移动。一旦支架105被推进到备好位置并准备好部署到眼睛中,防护装置432就可以向上旋转以不妨碍而显露第二致动器415b,并且从轨道435移除特征433。第一致动器415a可自由地沿着轨道435进一步向远侧滑动,并且第二致动器415b可被压下(图11C)。防护装置432也可以从装置400完全移除,或者装置400不包括任何防护装置432。装置400的壳体可以包括一个或多个标记434,其意图向用户提供关于推杆420通过轴210的位置的反馈。如本文其他地方所述,将推杆420推进到相对于壳体的一个或多个位置也可以向用户提供触觉反馈。11A-11C illustrate the steps of deploying a stent by using a first actuator 415a (which in this case may be a slider) of the delivery device 400 to move a pusher from a first loading position (fully retracted) to a second ready position (at least partially advanced). The first loading position retracts the pusher away from the distal region of the delivery device 400, thereby allowing the nose cone assembly 274 (or the entire box 200) to be coupled to the delivery device 400. The second ready position advances the pusher toward the distal end of the delivery device 400 to advance the cut stent 105 through the lumen 238 of the shaft 210. Preferably, the pusher is advanced to the second ready position before the shaft 210 is inserted through the cornea. The delivery device 400 may additionally incorporate a removable guard 432 that is arranged to prevent a user from inadvertently pushing the slider past the second ready position. The guard 432 may be pushed downward toward the housing 405 of the delivery device so that the second actuator 415b is covered by the guard 432, thereby preventing the second actuator 415b from being accidentally activated. The guard 432 has a certain length so that the guard 432 extends over at least a portion of the slider track 435 (or has a feature 433 extending within at least a portion of the slider track 435), thereby preventing the first actuator 415a from moving further distally in addition to blocking the second actuator 415b (Figure 11B). Once the bracket 105 is advanced to the ready position and is ready to be deployed in the eye, the guard 432 can be rotated upward to expose the second actuator 415b out of the way and remove the feature 433 from the track 435. The first actuator 415a is free to slide further distally along the track 435, and the second actuator 415b can be depressed (Figure 11C). The guard 432 can also be completely removed from the device 400, or the device 400 does not include any guard 432. The housing of the device 400 can include one or more markings 434, which are intended to provide feedback to the user regarding the position of the push rod 420 through the shaft 210. As described elsewhere herein, advancing the push rod 420 to one or more positions relative to the housing may also provide tactile feedback to the user.
图12A-12D以截面示出了在将推杆420推进到第二位置之前和在将推杆420推进到第二位置之后的传送装置400。一旦鼻锥组件274附接到传送装置400,第一致动器415和推杆420就可以从初始缩回的第一位置推进到第二位置。第一致动器415a和推杆420可以被推进到第二位置,从而导致推杆420插入到待传送材料(例如,切割的支架105)后面的内腔238中。在其下侧具有突出特征433的防护装置432可以防止第一致动器415a滑动越过第二位置。第二位置的定位被设计为将推杆420的前导面放置在距轴210的远侧末端预定距离(例如6mm)处。一旦用户已经创建了所需的裂口并准备好从内腔传送材料,推杆420就可以被推进到其第三、最前面的位置(防护装置432不阻挡,或者以其他方式从装置400中移除或不存在)。可以接合第二致动器415b,以从轴210释放该材料。如本文其他地方描述的第二致动器415b可缩回轴210,同时推杆420保持固定,最终将支架105从内腔释放。鼻锥组件274撤回而推杆420保持固定。推杆420还可被推进以从内腔238部署支架105。可从内腔238部署支架105,使得支架105的至少一部分定位在组织层之间,例如在睫状组织和巩膜组织之间睫状体上腔内,或在施累姆氏管内。支架105可以被部署,使得其被定位在睫状上腔内,使得至少远侧区域被定位在睫状组织和巩膜之间,并且近端位于睫状上裂内。当定位在睫状上裂内时,近端不需要伸入到前房中。优选地,支架105的近端定位成使得其保持与位于睫状组织和巩膜组织之间的裂口齐平并且不延伸到前房中。轴210内的一个或多个开窗276和/或形成轴210的远端区域212的基本上透明或半透明的外管构件278的存在可以通过在支架105向远侧被推动通过内腔238时帮助对内腔238和内腔238内的植入物进行目视检查来辅助将支架105定位成与裂口齐平。12A-12D show in cross-section the delivery device 400 before and after the push rod 420 is advanced to the second position. Once the nose cone assembly 274 is attached to the delivery device 400, the first actuator 415 and the push rod 420 can be advanced from the initially retracted first position to the second position. The first actuator 415a and the push rod 420 can be advanced to the second position, resulting in the push rod 420 being inserted into the lumen 238 behind the material to be delivered (e.g., the cut stent 105). The guard 432 having a protruding feature 433 on its underside can prevent the first actuator 415a from sliding past the second position. The positioning of the second position is designed to place the leading face of the push rod 420 at a predetermined distance (e.g., 6 mm) from the distal end of the shaft 210. Once the user has created the desired rupture and is ready to transfer material from the lumen, the push rod 420 can be advanced to its third, forward position (with the guard 432 not blocking, or otherwise removed or absent from the device 400). The second actuator 415b can be engaged to release the material from the shaft 210. The second actuator 415b, as described elsewhere herein, can retract the shaft 210 while the push rod 420 remains stationary, ultimately releasing the stent 105 from the lumen. The nose cone assembly 274 is withdrawn while the push rod 420 remains stationary. The push rod 420 can also be advanced to deploy the stent 105 from the lumen 238. The stent 105 can be deployed from the lumen 238 so that at least a portion of the stent 105 is positioned between tissue layers, such as within the supraciliary cavity between ciliary tissue and scleral tissue, or within Schlemm's canal. The support 105 can be deployed so that it is positioned in the ciliary superior chamber so that at least the distal region is positioned between the ciliary tissue and the sclera, and the proximal end is positioned in the ciliary superior fissure. When positioned in the ciliary superior fissure, the proximal end does not need to extend into the anterior chamber. Preferably, the proximal end of the support 105 is positioned so that it remains flush with the cleft between the ciliary tissue and the sclera tissue and does not extend into the anterior chamber. The existence of one or more fenestrations 276 in the shaft 210 and/or the substantially transparent or translucent outer tube member 278 forming the distal region 212 of the shaft 210 can assist the support 105 to be positioned flush with the cleft by helping to visually inspect the implant in the lumen 238 and the lumen 238 when the support 105 is pushed through the lumen 238 distally.
可以通过机械止退件(backstop)450来辅助在部署支架105期间保持推杆420的固定位置。止退件450可以防止推杆420被轴210的内腔238内的支架105向近侧推动。止退件450可位于壳体405内、壳体405中的滑块轨道435下方,致动器415a滑动通过该滑块轨道435。止退件450的尺寸和形状被设计成与位于壳体405内的致动器415a的对应区域接合。致动器415a的外部部分延伸到壳体405的滑块轨道435的外部并且构造成供用户接合致动器415a。致动器415a的内部部分位于壳体405内并且联接到推杆420的近端区域444。致动器415a沿着滑块轨道435的前进相对于壳体405向远侧推动推杆420,使得推杆420的远端被推向轴210的开口。位于壳体405内的致动器415a的内部部分还可包括具有向上朝向滑块轨道435延伸的突起451的挠曲部分452。挠曲部分452可在压缩位置和松弛构造之间移动。当致动器415a处于完全撤回位置并且滑动到滑块轨道435的近端时,挠曲部分452被壳体405的内表面向下推动到压缩位置。当致动器415a沿着滑块轨道435向远侧滑动时,突起451也沿着壳体405内部滑动,直到其到达止退件450。当到达止退件450的位置时,挠曲部分452向上松弛到松弛构造。挠曲部分452的上表面上的突起451接触壳体405的上端,并且突起451的近侧表面与止退件450的面向远侧的表面接合。止退件450和突起451的表面之间的接合防止了致动器415a的任何意外的近侧移动,从而防止在支架105从轴210部署期间可能发生的推杆420的近侧移动。A mechanical backstop 450 can be used to assist in maintaining a fixed position of the push rod 420 during the deployment of the stent 105. The backstop 450 can prevent the push rod 420 from being pushed proximally by the stent 105 within the lumen 238 of the shaft 210. The backstop 450 can be located within the housing 405, below the slider track 435 in the housing 405, and the actuator 415a slides through the slider track 435. The size and shape of the backstop 450 are designed to engage with a corresponding area of the actuator 415a located within the housing 405. The outer portion of the actuator 415a extends to the outside of the slider track 435 of the housing 405 and is configured for the user to engage the actuator 415a. The inner portion of the actuator 415a is located within the housing 405 and is connected to the proximal region 444 of the push rod 420. The advancement of the actuator 415a along the slider track 435 pushes the push rod 420 distally relative to the housing 405, so that the distal end of the push rod 420 is pushed toward the opening of the shaft 210. The internal portion of the actuator 415a located within the housing 405 may also include a flexure 452 having a protrusion 451 extending upward toward the slider track 435. The flexure 452 can move between a compressed position and a relaxed configuration. When the actuator 415a is in a fully withdrawn position and slides to the proximal end of the slider track 435, the flexure 452 is pushed downwardly by the inner surface of the housing 405 to the compressed position. When the actuator 415a slides distally along the slider track 435, the protrusion 451 also slides along the interior of the housing 405 until it reaches the backstop 450. When the position of the backstop 450 is reached, the flexure 452 relaxes upward to the relaxed configuration. The protrusion 451 on the upper surface of the flexure 452 contacts the upper end of the housing 405, and the proximal surface of the protrusion 451 engages with the distally facing surface of the stop 450. The engagement between the surfaces of the stop 450 and the protrusion 451 prevents any unintended proximal movement of the actuator 415a, thereby preventing proximal movement of the push rod 420 that may occur during the deployment of the stent 105 from the shaft 210.
图17G-17H示出了壳体405外部的致动器415a的外部部分抵靠在滑块轨道435内突出的按钮防护装置432上的特征433。突起451抵靠止退件450接合。当致动器415a到达该位置时,支架105已经被推进到轴210内的备好位置并且准备好被部署到眼睛中。按钮防护装置432可以向上旋转移开,显露第二致动器415b。按压第二致动器415b导致支架105从轴210被部署,例如通过缩回轴210而推杆420保持固定在备好位置。止退件450防止推杆420与轴210一起向近侧移动。如果需要,用户可以通过提升致动器415a的前端区域以使具有突起451的后端由于挠曲部分452的柔性向下挠曲来缩回致动器415a(参见图17I)。致动器415a的后端的向下移动使突起451与止退件450分离,从而允许致动器415a沿着滑块轨道435向近侧移动,例如,以复位器械以供进一步使用。Figures 17G-17H show that the outer portion of the actuator 415a outside the housing 405 abuts against the feature 433 on the button guard 432 protruding in the slider track 435. The projection 451 engages against the stop 450. When the actuator 415a reaches this position, the bracket 105 has been advanced to the ready position in the shaft 210 and is ready to be deployed in the eye. The button guard 432 can be rotated upward to remove, revealing the second actuator 415b. Pressing the second actuator 415b causes the bracket 105 to be deployed from the shaft 210, for example, by retracting the shaft 210 while the push rod 420 remains fixed in the ready position. The stop 450 prevents the push rod 420 from moving proximally with the shaft 210. If necessary, the user can retract the actuator 415a by lifting the front end area of the actuator 415a so that the rear end with the projection 451 is deflected downward due to the flexibility of the flexure 452 (see Figure 17I). Downward movement of the rear end of the actuator 415a disengages the protrusion 451 from the backstop 450, thereby allowing the actuator 415a to move proximally along the slide track 435, for example, to reset the instrument for further use.
传送装置400和盒200(或鼻锥组件274)可以是一次性使用装置,其结合有支架105部署之后的锁定装置(lock-out),或者可以被消毒和重复使用。上述致动器415a的复位允许在支架105部署之后重新使用壳体405。图13A-13B示出了附加的复位机构436,从而可以复位部署结构,并且可以重新使用传送装置400。启动复位机构436,例如向前滑动按钮,可以将部署结构返回到待命位置。复位机构436还可以通过向远侧拉动传送装置400的鼻锥组件274或卡口连接器413直到第二致动器415返回其初始待命位置来执行。如果需要,可以将鼻锥组件274从传送装置400移除,并且如本文其他地方所述,将额外的材料装载到轴210中。传送装置400可以被提供为致动或非待命状态,并且用户在使用时装备该器械。传送装置400也可以是一次性使用装置,其在部署之后不能被复位,例如通过没有复位机构436。The delivery device 400 and the cartridge 200 (or nose cone assembly 274) can be a single-use device incorporating a lock-out after the stent 105 is deployed, or can be sterilized and reused. The resetting of the actuator 415a described above allows the housing 405 to be reused after the stent 105 is deployed. Figures 13A-13B show an additional resetting mechanism 436, so that the deployment structure can be reset and the delivery device 400 can be reused. Activating the resetting mechanism 436, such as sliding a button forward, can return the deployment structure to the standby position. The resetting mechanism 436 can also be performed by pulling the nose cone assembly 274 or the bayonet connector 413 of the delivery device 400 distally until the second actuator 415 returns to its initial standby position. If desired, the nose cone assembly 274 can be removed from the delivery device 400 and additional material can be loaded into the shaft 210 as described elsewhere herein. The delivery device 400 can be provided in an actuated or non-standby state, and the user equips the device when in use. Delivery device 400 may also be a single-use device that cannot be reset after deployment, such as by lacking reset mechanism 436 .
可在传送装置和切割装置之间转移的鼻锥组件可以相对于切割装置的主组件安装。组织片块可以被切割装置切割并装载到鼻锥组件中,而鼻锥组件又可以从切割装置的主组件转移回与传送装置联接,以用于在患者中部署。鼻锥组件的构造可以变化,包括本文所述的任何可转移盒。在一种实施方式中,可以通过将鼻锥的近端联接到基部来相对于切割组件安装鼻锥组件,使得从鼻锥向远侧延伸的轴的内腔的纵向轴线与从狭槽中引出的相应的导管的纵向轴线对齐。可以相对于主组件上的可移动止动器板将组织片块放置在基部的装载区区域内。该装载区区域和可移动的止动器板都可以是主组件的基部的一部分。片块可以放置在装载区的一个或多个对齐特征的内部,并向前滑入切割区中,直到片块邻接止动器板。一旦靠着止动器板定位,组织片块就被切割器定位在指定宽度。因此,止动器板在切割之前为该组织片块提供校准的止动点。设计成用于将组织片块固定在该位置的元件可以被激活,例如降低到组织片块上方以将组织保持在适当的位置,并且可选地在切割之前将该组织压缩到特定高度。一旦将该保持板降低到片块上以将其保持在适当位置,就可以降低切割杆,以用一个或多个刀片切割组织片块。止动器板和保持板可以从切割的支架上移开,并且组织片块的其余部分从组件中移除。可以使用组织装载器滑块装载切割的支架。组织装载器滑块可以将切割的支架推入相对于鼻锥组件中的轴的纵向轴线的位置。例如,可以将组织装载器滑块放置到位,并尽可能向前滑动,直到滑块抵靠主组件上的凸台,这表明切割的支架已完全传送到压缩通道中并准备好推进进入鼻锥组件的轴中。诸如组织推动器杆的细长工具可以沿着纵向轴线插入主组件中,以将切割的支架从主组件推入鼻锥组件的轴中。杆可以设计成将组织滑块推向鼻锥组件的末端,而不会将切割的支架完全推出轴的内腔。然后可以将鼻锥组件与主组件断开,并附接到传送装置以部署到患者内。A nose cone assembly transferable between a conveyor and a cutting device can be mounted relative to a main assembly of the cutting device. A tissue piece can be cut by the cutting device and loaded into the nose cone assembly, and the nose cone assembly can be transferred from the main assembly of the cutting device back to be connected to the conveyor for deployment in a patient. The configuration of the nose cone assembly can vary, including any transferable box described herein. In one embodiment, the nose cone assembly can be mounted relative to the cutting assembly by connecting the proximal end of the nose cone to the base so that the longitudinal axis of the lumen of the shaft extending distally from the nose cone is aligned with the longitudinal axis of the corresponding catheter drawn from the slot. The tissue piece can be placed in the loading area region of the base relative to a movable stopper plate on the main assembly. Both the loading area region and the movable stopper plate can be part of the base of the main assembly. The piece can be placed inside one or more alignment features of the loading area and slide forward into the cutting area until the piece abuts the stopper plate. Once positioned against the stopper plate, the tissue piece is positioned at a specified width by the cutter. Therefore, the stopper plate provides a calibrated stop point for the tissue piece before cutting. The element designed to fix the tissue piece in this position can be activated, such as lowered above the tissue piece to keep the tissue in place, and optionally compress the tissue to a specific height before cutting. Once the retaining plate is lowered onto the piece to keep it in place, the cutting rod can be lowered to cut the tissue piece with one or more blades. The stopper plate and the retaining plate can be removed from the cut support, and the rest of the tissue piece is removed from the assembly. The cut support can be loaded using a tissue loader slider. The tissue loader slider can push the cut support into a position relative to the longitudinal axis of the shaft in the nose cone assembly. For example, the tissue loader slider can be placed in place and slid forward as much as possible until the slider abuts against the boss on the main assembly, indicating that the cut support has been fully transferred into the compression channel and is ready to be pushed into the shaft of the nose cone assembly. An elongated tool such as a tissue pusher rod can be inserted into the main assembly along the longitudinal axis to push the cut support from the main assembly into the shaft of the nose cone assembly. The rod can be designed to push the tissue slider toward the end of the nose cone assembly without completely pushing the cut support out of the inner cavity of the shaft. The nose cone assembly can then be disconnected from the main assembly and attached to a delivery device for deployment into a patient.
在其他实施方式中,盒200自身保持组织片块以进行切割。例如,图3A示出了盒200的盖214可以从基部224中的狭槽214移除,从而显露凹部221。可以将材料的片块101手动装载在凹部221内。可以将材料的片块101的尺寸设置为以便接收在凹部221内,或可以被修剪以确保其尺寸适合接收在凹部221内。盒200的盖214被重新放置到基部224上并通过狭槽215推进,直到盖214的下部222接合材料的片块101将其靠着突起271捕获。当处于闭合构造时,盖214可以压缩和/或张紧盒200内的材料的片块101。图2示出了装载的组织盒200可以安装到切割装置300的容座306中,其中手柄343处于打开构造。一旦安装,切割构件312可以通过朝向基部302降低手柄343来致动,从而将刀片344推向材料的片块101,直到切割构件312的刀片344完全切穿材料的片块101(图4B)。当刀片344相对于盒200仍处于完全切割位置时,切割装置300的推动器320可被向远侧推动以准备轴210,并将轴210的内腔238内的现在已切割的支架105从内腔238朝向在轴210的远端区域212附近的开口230放置。推动器320可以从盒200中缩回,并且盒200从切割装置300中移除。如本文其他地方所述,将盒200从切割装置300移除可包括从装置300移除整个盒200或拆卸盒200的鼻锥组件274,如图6中所示。In other embodiments, the box 200 itself holds the tissue piece for cutting. For example, Fig. 3 A shows that the cover 214 of the box 200 can be removed from the slot 214 in the base 224, thereby revealing the recess 221. The piece 101 of the material can be manually loaded in the recess 221. The size of the piece 101 of the material can be set to receive in the recess 221, or it can be trimmed to ensure that its size is suitable for receiving in the recess 221. The cover 214 of the box 200 is repositioned on the base 224 and pushed through the slot 215 until the lower part 222 of the cover 214 engages the piece 101 of the material to capture it against the projection 271. When in the closed configuration, the cover 214 can compress and/or tension the piece 101 of the material in the box 200. Fig. 2 shows that the loaded tissue box 200 can be installed in the receptacle 306 of the cutting device 300, wherein the handle 343 is in the open configuration. Once installed, the cutting member 312 can be actuated by lowering the handle 343 toward the base 302, thereby pushing the blade 344 toward the piece 101 of material until the blade 344 of the cutting member 312 completely cuts through the piece 101 of material (FIG. 4B). When the blade 344 is still in the fully cut position relative to the box 200, the pusher 320 of the cutting device 300 can be pushed distally to prepare the shaft 210 and place the now cut stent 105 within the lumen 238 of the shaft 210 from the lumen 238 toward the opening 230 near the distal region 212 of the shaft 210. The pusher 320 can be retracted from the box 200 and the box 200 is removed from the cutting device 300. As described elsewhere herein, removing the box 200 from the cutting device 300 may include removing the entire box 200 from the device 300 or disassembling the nose cone assembly 274 of the box 200, as shown in FIG.
具有定位在轴210的内腔238内的切割的支架105的备好的组织盒200可以与传送装置400一起安装(例如,插入容座412内或通过卡口连接器413或其他附接机构425附接)。传送装置400的推杆420在最近侧位置被撤回,并且盒200联接到传送装置400。推杆420可以使用第一致动器415从第一缩回位置推进,该第一缩回位置适合于将盒200装载至第二备好位置,使得传送装置400和盒200现在准备好用于患者。The prepared tissue cassette 200 having the cut stent 105 positioned within the lumen 238 of the shaft 210 can be installed with the delivery device 400 (e.g., inserted into the receptacle 412 or attached via the bayonet connector 413 or other attachment mechanism 425). The push rod 420 of the delivery device 400 is withdrawn in the most proximal position and the cassette 200 is coupled to the delivery device 400. The push rod 420 can be advanced using the first actuator 415 from a first retracted position suitable for loading the cassette 200 to a second prepared position such that the delivery device 400 and the cassette 200 are now ready for use with a patient.
一般而言,位于轴210内的支架105可以通过使用轴210或与盒200分离的装置形成的透明角膜或巩膜切口植入。诸如前房角透镜的观察透镜可以定位在角膜附近。观察透镜能够从眼睛前方的位置观察眼睛的内部区域,例如巩膜突和巩膜缘。该观察透镜可以可选地包括一个或多个引导通道,该引导通道的尺寸被设计成接收轴210。内窥镜也可以在传送期间用于帮助可视化。也可以使用高分辨率生物显微镜、OCT等来使用超声波引导。替代地,可以通过眼睛中的另一个角膜缘切口插入小型内窥镜,以便在植入过程中对眼睛进行成像。In general, the stent 105 located within the shaft 210 can be implanted through a transparent corneal or scleral incision formed using the shaft 210 or a device separate from the box 200. An observation lens such as a gonioscopic lens can be positioned near the cornea. The observation lens is capable of observing the internal areas of the eye, such as the scleral protrusion and scleral limbus, from a position in front of the eye. The observation lens can optionally include one or more guide channels sized to receive the shaft 210. An endoscope can also be used to assist in visualization during delivery. Ultrasonic guidance can also be used using a high-resolution biomicroscope, OCT, etc. Alternatively, a small endoscope can be inserted through another limbal incision in the eye to image the eye during the implantation process.
轴210的远侧末端216可以穿透角膜(或巩膜)以进入前房。在这方面,可以在眼睛中产生单个切口,例如在角膜缘内。在一个实施例中,该切口非常靠近角膜缘,例如在角膜缘水平处或在透明角膜中角膜缘的2mm以内。轴210可用于制造切口或可使用单独的切割装置。例如,最初可以使用刀尖装置或金刚石刀来进入角膜。然后可以将具有刮刀末端的第二装置推进到刀尖上方,其中刮刀的平面定位成与解剖平面重合。刮刀末端装置可以是轴210。The distal end 216 of shaft 210 can penetrate the cornea (or sclera) to enter the anterior chamber. In this regard, a single incision can be made in the eye, for example, in the limbus. In one embodiment, the incision is very close to the limbus, for example, at the level of the limbus or within 2 mm of the limbus in a transparent cornea. Shaft 210 can be used to make an incision or a separate cutting device can be used. For example, a knife tip device or a diamond knife can be used initially to enter the cornea. Then a second device with a scraper end can be advanced above the knife tip, wherein the plane of the scraper is positioned to coincide with the dissecting plane. The scraper end device can be shaft 210.
角膜切口可以具有足以允许轴210通过的尺寸。在一个实施例中,切口的尺寸约为1mm。在另一个实施例中,切口的尺寸不大于约2.85mm。在另一个实施例中,切口不大于约2.85mm并且大于约1.5mm。据观察,直至2.85mm的切口是自密封切口。The corneal incision can be of sufficient size to allow the passage of the shaft 210. In one embodiment, the size of the incision is about 1 mm. In another embodiment, the size of the incision is no greater than about 2.85 mm. In another embodiment, the incision is no greater than about 2.85 mm and greater than about 1.5 mm. It has been observed that incisions up to 2.85 mm are self-sealing incisions.
在通过切口插入之后,轴210可以沿着使得支架105能够从前房传送到目标位置(例如睫状体上腔或脉络膜上腔)的通路被推进到前房中。通过定位用于接近的轴,轴210可以进一步推进到眼睛中,使得轴210的最远末端216以眼角穿透组织,例如虹膜根部或睫状体的区域,或睫状体的靠近其与巩膜突的组织边界的虹膜根部部分。After being inserted through the incision, the shaft 210 can be advanced into the anterior chamber along a pathway that enables the stent 105 to be delivered from the anterior chamber to a target location, such as the supraciliary space or the suprachoroidal space. The shaft 210 can be further advanced into the eye by positioning the shaft for access so that the distal-most tip 216 of the shaft 210 penetrates tissue at the canthus, such as the region of the iris root or ciliary body, or the iris root portion of the ciliary body near its tissue boundary with the scleral process.
巩膜突是眼角壁上的解剖标志。巩膜突高于虹膜水平但低于小梁网水平。在一些眼睛中,巩膜突可以被沉着色素的小梁网的下束带所掩盖,并直接位于其后面。轴210可以沿着朝向眼角和巩膜突的通路行进,使得轴210在去往睫状体上腔的途中经过巩膜突附近,但在传送期间不必穿透巩膜突。而是,轴210可以邻接巩膜突并向下移动以解剖巩膜和睫状体之间的组织边界,解剖进入点开始于巩膜突的正下方、虹膜根部或睫状体的虹膜根部部分附近。在另一实施例中,植入物的传送通路与巩膜突相交。The scleral prominence is an anatomical landmark on the wall of the corner of the eye. The scleral prominence is above the level of the iris but below the level of the trabecular meshwork. In some eyes, the scleral prominence may be obscured by the lower band of the pigmented trabecular meshwork and is directly behind it. The axis 210 can travel along a pathway toward the corner of the eye and the scleral prominence so that the axis 210 passes near the scleral prominence on the way to the supraciliary cavity, but it is not necessary to penetrate the scleral prominence during delivery. Instead, the axis 210 can be adjacent to the scleral prominence and move downward to dissect the tissue boundary between the sclera and the ciliary body, with the dissecting entry point starting just below the scleral prominence, near the root of the iris, or the iris root portion of the ciliary body. In another embodiment, the delivery pathway of the implant intersects with the scleral prominence.
轴210可以从前房的与部署位置相同的一侧接近眼角,使得轴210不必前进穿过虹膜。替代地,轴210可以从穿过前房AC接近眼角,使得轴210跨过虹膜和/或前房朝向相反的眼角前进。轴210可以沿着多种通路接近眼角。轴210不一定横穿眼睛并且不与眼睛的中心轴线相交。换言之,当沿着光轴看向眼睛观察时,角膜切口和支架105在眼角处植入的位置可以在同一象限中。此外,支架105从角膜切口到眼角的通路不应当穿过眼睛的中心线,以免触动瞳孔。Axis 210 can approach the corner of the eye from the same side of the anterior chamber as the deployment position, so that axis 210 does not have to advance through the iris. Alternatively, axis 210 can approach the corner of the eye from passing through the anterior chamber AC, so that axis 210 advances across the iris and/or anterior chamber toward the opposite corner of the eye. Axis 210 can approach the corner of the eye along a variety of pathways. Axis 210 does not necessarily cross the eye and does not intersect with the central axis of the eye. In other words, when looking at the eye along the optical axis, the position where the corneal incision and the bracket 105 are implanted at the corner of the eye can be in the same quadrant. In addition, the path of the bracket 105 from the corneal incision to the corner of the eye should not pass through the center line of the eye to avoid touching the pupil.
轴210可以连续地推进到眼睛中,例如约6mm。轴210的解剖平面可以跟随内巩膜壁的曲线,使得安装在轴中的支架105,例如在穿透虹膜根部或睫状体CB的虹膜根部部分之后,可以钝性地解剖巩膜突和睫状体CB的组织层之间的边界,使得支架105的远侧区域延伸通过睫状体上腔,并且然后进一步位于形成脉络膜上腔的巩膜和脉络膜的组织边界之间。The shaft 210 can be continuously advanced into the eye, for example, by about 6 mm. The dissection plane of the shaft 210 can follow the curve of the inner scleral wall, so that the stent 105 mounted in the shaft, for example, after penetrating the iris root or the iris root portion of the ciliary body CB, can bluntly dissect the boundary between the tissue layers of the scleral protrusion and the ciliary body CB, so that the distal region of the stent 105 extends through the supraciliary space and is then further located between the tissue boundaries of the sclera and choroid forming the supraciliary space.
一旦被正确定位,支架105就可以从轴210释放。在一些实施方式中,支架105可以通过撤回轴210而释放,同时推杆420防止支架105与轴210一起撤回。Once properly positioned, stent 105 can be released from shaft 210. In some embodiments, stent 105 can be released by withdrawing shaft 210, while push rod 420 prevents stent 105 from being withdrawn with shaft 210.
一旦被植入,支架105就在前房和目标通路(例如,睫状体上腔或脉络膜上腔)之间形成流体连通通路。如上所述,支架105不限于植入脉络膜上腔或睫状体上腔中。支架105可以植入在前房和眼睛中的位置之间提供流体连通的其他位置,例如施累姆氏管或眼睛的结膜下位置。在另一实施方式中,支架105被植入以形成前房和施累姆氏管之间的流体连通通路和/或前房和眼睛的结膜下位置之间的连通通路。应当理解,本文所述的装置也可用于经巩膜地以及从内路路径传送支架。Once implanted, the stent 105 forms a fluid communication passage between the anterior chamber and the target passage (e.g., the supraciliary space or the supraciliary space). As described above, the stent 105 is not limited to implantation in the supraciliary space or the supraciliary space. The stent 105 can be implanted in other locations that provide fluid communication between the anterior chamber and a location in the eye, such as Schlemm's canal or a subconjunctival location of the eye. In another embodiment, the stent 105 is implanted to form a fluid communication passage between the anterior chamber and Schlemm's canal and/or a communication passage between the anterior chamber and a subconjunctival location of the eye. It should be understood that the devices described herein can also be used to deliver stents transsclerally and from an intra-pathway route.
如上所述,用于形成支架的材料可以用一种或多种治疗剂浸渍,以用于眼部疾病过程的额外治疗。As described above, the material used to form the scaffold may be impregnated with one or more therapeutic agents for additional treatment of the ocular disease process.
可以使用本文所述的支架来预防或治疗多种系统性和眼睛疾病,例如炎症、感染、癌性生长。更具体地,可以治疗或预防诸如青光眼、增殖性玻璃体视网膜病、糖尿病性视网膜病、葡萄膜炎、角膜炎、巨细胞病毒性视网膜炎、囊样黄斑水肿、单纯疱疹病毒和腺病毒感染的眼睛疾病。The scaffolds described herein can be used to prevent or treat a variety of systemic and ocular diseases, such as inflammation, infection, cancerous growth. More specifically, eye diseases such as glaucoma, proliferative vitreoretinopathy, diabetic retinopathy, uveitis, keratitis, cytomegalovirus retinitis, cystoid macular edema, herpes simplex virus and adenovirus infection can be treated or prevented.
以下类别的药物可以使用本发明的装置传送:抗增殖剂、抗纤维化剂、麻醉剂、镇痛剂、细胞转运/流动性迫近剂(例如秋水仙碱、长春新碱、细胞松弛素B和相关化合物);抗青光眼药物,包括β-受体阻滞剂如噻吗洛尔、倍他洛尔、阿替洛尔和前列腺素类似物—比马前列素、曲伏前列素、拉坦前列素等;碳酸酐酶抑制剂,例如乙酰唑胺、甲唑胺、二氯苯那胺、醋唑磺胺;和神经保护剂,例如尼莫地平和相关化合物。其他实例包括抗生素,例如四环素、金霉素、杆菌肽、新霉素、多粘菌素、短杆菌肽、土霉素、氯霉素、庆大霉素和红霉素;抗菌药,例如磺胺类、磺胺乙酰胺、磺胺二甲唑和磺胺异恶唑;抗真菌剂,例如氟康唑、呋喃西林、两性霉素B、酮康唑和相关化合物;抗病毒剂,例如三氟胸苷、阿昔洛韦、更昔洛韦、DDI、AZT、foscamet、阿糖腺苷、三氟尿苷、疱疹净、利巴韦林、蛋白酶抑制剂和抗巨细胞病毒剂;抗过敏药,例如美沙比林;扑尔敏、吡拉明和苯吡啶;抗炎药,例如氢化可的松、地塞米松、氟轻松、强的松、强的松龙、甲基强的松龙、氟米松、倍他米松和曲安西龙;减充血剂,例如去氧肾上腺素、萘甲唑啉和四肼;缩瞳剂和抗胆碱酯酶,例如毛果芸香碱、卡巴胆碱、氟磷酸二异丙酯、碘膦和溴化地麦角碱;散瞳药,例如硫酸阿托品、环喷托品、后马托品、东莨菪碱、托卡托品、优卡托品;拟交感神经药,例如肾上腺素和血管收缩剂和血管扩张剂;雷珠单抗、贝伐单抗和曲安西龙。The following classes of drugs can be delivered using the device of the present invention: antiproliferative agents, antifibrotic agents, anesthetics, analgesics, cell transport/mobility approximants (e.g., colchicine, vincristine, cytochalasin B, and related compounds); anti-glaucoma drugs, including beta-blockers such as timolol, betaxolol, atenolol, and prostaglandin analogs—bimatoprost, travoprost, latanoprost, etc.; carbonic anhydrase inhibitors, such as acetazolamide, methazolamide, dichlorphenamide, acetazolamide; and neuroprotectants, such as nimodipine and related compounds. Other examples include antibiotics such as tetracycline, chlortetracycline, bacitracin, neomycin, polymyxin, gramicidin, oxytetracycline, chloramphenicol, gentamicin, and erythromycin; antibacterials such as sulfonamides, sulfacetamide, sulfadimethoxazole, and sulfisoxazole; antifungals such as fluconazole, nitrofuracil, amphotericin B, ketoconazole, and related compounds; antivirals such as trifluridine, acyclovir, ganciclovir, DDI, AZT, foscamet, adenosine, trifluridine, herpes, ribavirin, protease inhibitors, and anticytomegalovirus agents; antiallergics such as methapyrine; chlorpheniramine; allergens, pyrilamines, and phenpyridines; anti-inflammatory drugs, such as hydrocortisone, dexamethasone, fluocinolone, prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, flumethasone, betamethasone, and triamcinolone; decongestants, such as phenylephrine, naphazoline, and tetrahydrazide; miotics and anticholinesterases, such as pilocarpine, carbachol, diisopropyl fluorophosphate, iodine, and desergotamine bromide; mydriatics, such as atropine sulfate, cyclopentolone, homatropine, scopolamine, tocatropine, and euctropine; sympathomimetics, such as epinephrine and vasoconstrictors and vasodilators; ranibizumab, bevacizumab, and triamcinolone.
也可传送非甾体抗炎药(NSAID),例如环氧合酶-1(COX-1)抑制剂(例如,乙酰水杨酸,例如来自德国勒沃库森的Bayer AG的布洛芬,例如来自宾夕法尼亚州的Wyeth,Collegeville的/>消炎痛;甲芬那酸),COX-2抑制剂(来自新泽西州Peapack的Pharmacia公司的/>COX-1抑制剂),包括前药/>免疫抑制剂,例如Sirolimus(来自宾夕法尼亚州的Wyeth,Collegeville的/>),或在炎症反应通路内早期起作用的基质金属蛋白酶(MMP)抑制剂(例如,四环素和四环素衍生物)。也可以传送抗凝剂,例如肝素、抗纤维蛋白原、纤维蛋白溶解素、抗凝激活酶等。Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), such as cyclooxygenase-1 (COX-1) inhibitors (e.g., acetylsalicylic acid, such as AT-100, available from Bayer AG, Leverkusen, Germany) may also be delivered. Ibuprofen, such as from Wyeth, Collegeville, Pennsylvania /> Indomethacin; mefenamic acid), COX-2 inhibitors (Pharmacia, Peapack, NJ /> COX-1 inhibitors), including prodrugs/> Immunosuppressants, such as Sirolimus (from Wyeth, Collegeville, Pennsylvania /> ), or inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) that act early in the inflammatory response pathway (e.g., tetracycline and tetracycline derivatives). Anticoagulants such as heparin, antifibrinogen, fibrinolysin, anticoagulant activating enzymes, etc. may also be delivered.
可以使用本装置传送的抗糖尿病剂包括乙酰己胺、氯磺脲、格列吡嗪、格列本脲、妥拉唑胺、甲苯磺丁脲、胰岛素、醛糖还原酶抑制剂等。抗癌剂的一些实例包括5-氟尿嘧啶、阿霉素、天冬酰胺酶、阿扎胞苷、硫唑嘌呤、博来霉素、白消安、卡铂、卡莫司汀、苯丁酸氮芥、顺铂、环磷酰胺、环孢素、阿糖胞苷、达卡巴嗪、更生霉素、柔红霉素、多柔比星、雌莫司汀、依托泊苷、依维酸盐、非格司亭、氟尿苷、氟达拉滨、氟尿嘧啶、氟甲睾酮、氟他胺、戈舍瑞林、异磺脲、亮丙瑞林、左旋咪唑、洛莫司汀、氮芥、美法仑、巯基嘌呤、甲氨蝶呤、丝裂霉素、米托坦、喷司他丁、哌泊溴曼、普卡霉素、丙卡巴肼、沙格莫司汀、链佐星、他莫昔芬、紫杉醇、替尼泊苷、硫鸟嘌呤、尿嘧啶芥、长春碱、长春新碱和长春地辛。Antidiabetic agents that can be delivered using the present device include acethexamide, chlorsulfonylurea, glipizide, glyburide, tolazoamide, tolbutamide, insulin, aldose reductase inhibitors, and the like. Some examples of anticancer agents include 5-fluorouracil, doxorubicin, asparaginase, azacitidine, azathioprine, bleomycin, busulfan, carboplatin, carmustine, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, cyclosporine, cytarabine, dacarbazine, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, estramustine, etoposide, evagonist, filgrastim, floxuridine, fludarabine, fluorouracil, fluoxymesterone, flutamide, goserelin, isosulfonylurea, leuprolide, levamisole, lomustine, mechlorethamine, melphalan, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, mitomycin, mitotane, pentostatin, pipobroman, plicamycin, procarbazine, sagamustine, streptozocin, tamoxifen, paclitaxel, teniposide, thioguanine, uracil mustard, vinblastine, vincristine, and vindesine.
可以使用本装置传送激素、肽、核酸、糖类、脂质、糖脂、糖蛋白和其他大分子。示例包括:内分泌激素如垂体、胰岛素、胰岛素相关生长因子、甲状腺、生长激素;热休克蛋白;免疫反应调节剂,例如胞壁酰二肽、环孢菌素、干扰素(包括α、β和γ干扰素)、白细胞介素2、细胞因子、FK506(一种环氧-吡啶并-恶唑环三考辛酮,也称为他克莫司)、肿瘤坏死因子、喷司他丁、胸腺五肽、转化因子beta2、促红细胞生成素;抗肿瘤生成蛋白(例如,抗血管内皮生长因子、干扰素)等和抗凝血剂,包括抗凝血激活酶。可以传送的大分子的其他实例包括单克隆抗体、脑神经生长因子(BNGF)、脑神经生长因子(CNGF)、血管内皮生长因子(VEGF)和针对这些生长因子的单克隆抗体。免疫调节剂的其他实例包括肿瘤坏死因子抑制剂,例如沙利度胺。Hormones, peptides, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, lipids, glycolipids, glycoproteins and other macromolecules can be delivered using the device. Examples include: endocrine hormones such as pituitary, insulin, insulin-related growth factor, thyroid, growth hormone; heat shock proteins; immune response modifiers, such as muramyl dipeptide, cyclosporin, interferon (including alpha, beta and gamma interferon), interleukin 2, cytokines, FK506 (an epoxy-pyrido-oxazole ring tricosinone, also known as tacrolimus), tumor necrosis factor, pentostatin, thymopentin, transforming factor beta2, erythropoietin; anti-tumor production proteins (e.g., anti-vascular endothelial growth factor, interferon), etc. and anticoagulants, including anticoagulant activating enzymes. Other examples of macromolecules that can be delivered include monoclonal antibodies, brain nerve growth factor (BNGF), brain nerve growth factor (CNGF), vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) and monoclonal antibodies against these growth factors. Other examples of immunomodulators include tumor necrosis factor inhibitors, such as thalidomide.
在各种实施方式中,参考附图进行描述。然而,某些实施方式可以在没有这些具体细节中的一个或多个的情况下实施,或者与其他已知方法和构造相结合实施。在描述中,阐述了许多具体细节,例如具体构造、尺寸和过程,以便提供对实施方式的透彻理解。在其他情况下,没有特别详细地描述众所周知的过程和制造技术,以便不会不必要地使描述不清楚。在该整个说明书中对“一个实施例”、“实施例”、“一种实施方式”、“实施方式”等的引用意味着所描述的特定特征、结构、构造或特性被包括在至少一个实施例或实施方式中。因此,贯穿本说明书的不同地方出现的短语“一个实施例”、“实施例”、“一种实施方式”、“实施方式”等不一定指同一实施例或实施方式。此外,特定特征、结构、构造或特性可以在一种或多种实施方式中以任何合适的方式组合。In various embodiments, description is made with reference to the accompanying drawings. However, certain embodiments may be implemented without one or more of these specific details, or in combination with other known methods and configurations. In the description, many specific details, such as specific configurations, dimensions, and processes, are described to provide a thorough understanding of the embodiments. In other cases, well-known processes and manufacturing techniques are not particularly described in detail so as not to unnecessarily make the description unclear. References to "one embodiment," "embodiment," "an implementation," "implementation," etc. throughout this specification sheet mean that the specific features, structures, configurations, or characteristics described are included in at least one embodiment or implementation. Therefore, phrases "one embodiment," "embodiment," "an implementation," "implementation," etc. that appear in different places throughout this specification sheet do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment or implementation. In addition, specific features, structures, configurations, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.
在整个描述中使用相对术语可以表示相对位置或方向。例如,“远侧”可以指示远离参考点的第一方向。类似地,“近侧”可以指示在与第一方向相反的第二方向上的位置。这里使用的参考点可以是操作者,使得术语“近侧”和“远侧”是指使用装置的操作者。较靠近操作者的装置区域在本文中可以被描述为“近侧”,而较远离操作者的装置区域在本文中可以被描述为“远侧”。类似地,术语“近侧”和“远侧”在本文中也可用于指从操作者的角度或从进入点的角度或沿着从系统的进入点起的插入路径的患者解剖位置。因此,近侧的位置可能指患者体内沿着朝向目标的插入路径更靠近装置的进入点的位置,而远侧的位置可能指患者体内沿朝向目标位置的插入路径距装置的进入点更远的位置。然而,提供这些术语是为了建立相对的参考系,而不是旨在将装置的使用或取向限制为在各种实施方式中描述的特定构造。Relative terms can be used throughout the description to indicate relative positions or directions. For example, "distal" can indicate a first direction away from a reference point. Similarly, "proximal" can indicate a position in a second direction opposite to the first direction. The reference point used here can be an operator, so that the terms "proximal" and "distal" refer to the operator using the device. The device area closer to the operator can be described as "proximal" in this article, and the device area farther away from the operator can be described as "distal" in this article. Similarly, the terms "proximal" and "distal" can also be used in this article to refer to the patient's anatomical position from the perspective of the operator or from the perspective of the entry point or along the insertion path from the entry point of the system. Therefore, the proximal position may refer to a position in the patient's body closer to the entry point of the device along the insertion path toward the target, and the distal position may refer to a position in the patient's body farther from the entry point of the device along the insertion path toward the target position. However, these terms are provided to establish a relative reference system, rather than to limit the use or orientation of the device to the specific configuration described in various embodiments.
如本文所用,术语“约”是指包括指定值的值范围,本领域普通技术人员会认为其合理地类似于指定值。在一些方面,“约”是指使用本领域通常可接受的测量值在标准偏差内。在一些方面,“约”是指延伸到指定值的+/-10%的范围。在一些方面,“约”包括指定的值。As used herein, the term "about" refers to a range of values that includes a specified value and that one of ordinary skill in the art would consider to be reasonably similar to the specified value. In some aspects, "about" means within a standard deviation using measurements generally accepted in the art. In some aspects, "about" means a range that extends to +/-10% of a specified value. In some aspects, "about" includes the specified value.
尽管本说明书包含许多细节,但这些不应被解释为对所要求保护的或可能要求保护的内容的范围的限制,而是对特定实施例的特定的特征的描述。在本说明书中在单独实施例的上下文中描述的某些特征也可以在单个实施例中组合实施。而是,在单个实施例的上下文中描述的各种特征也可以在多个实施例中单独地或以任何合适的子组合来实施。此外,尽管特征可以在上面描述为在某些组合中起作用并且甚至最初如此要求保护,但是在某些情况下可以从要求保护的组合中去除来自该组合的一个或多个特征,并且要求保护的组合可以针对子组合或子组合的变体。类似地,虽然在附图中以特定顺序描绘了操作,但这不应被理解为要求这些操作以所示的特定顺序或按顺序执行,或者要求执行所有图示的操作,以获得期望的结果。仅公开了几个示例和实施方式。可以基于所公开的内容对所描述的示例和实施方式以及其他实施方式进行变化、修改和增强。Although this specification contains many details, these should not be interpreted as limitations on the scope of what is claimed or may be claimed, but rather as descriptions of specific features of specific embodiments. Certain features described in the context of a single embodiment in this specification may also be implemented in combination in a single embodiment. Instead, the various features described in the context of a single embodiment may also be implemented individually or in any suitable sub-combination in multiple embodiments. In addition, although features may be described above as working in certain combinations and even initially claimed as such, one or more features from the combination may be removed from the claimed combination in some cases, and the claimed combination may be for a sub-combination or a variant of a sub-combination. Similarly, although operations are depicted in a particular order in the accompanying drawings, this should not be understood as requiring these operations to be performed in the particular order shown or in sequence, or requiring all illustrated operations to be performed to obtain the desired result. Only a few examples and implementations are disclosed. The described examples and implementations and other implementations may be varied, modified, and enhanced based on the disclosed content.
在以上描述和权利要求中,诸如“……中的至少一个”或“……中的一个或多个”之类的短语可能出现在元素或特征的连接列表之后。术语“和/或”也可以出现在两个或多个元素或特征的列表中。除非与它用于其中的上下文有其他隐含或明确的矛盾,否则这样的短语旨在表示单独地列出的任何元素或特征或任何引用的元素或特征与任何其他引用的元素或特征的组合。例如,短语“A和B中的至少一个”、“A和B中的一个或多个”和“A和/或B”各自旨在表示“单独的A、单独的B或A和B一起”。类似的解释也意图用于包含三个或更多项目的列表。例如,短语“A、B和C中的至少一个”、“A、B和C中的一个或多个”、“A、B和/或C”各自意指“单独A、单独B、单独C、A和B一起、A和C一起、B和C一起、或A和B和C一起”。In the above description and claims, phrases such as "at least one of ... " or "one or more of ... " may appear after the connected list of elements or features. The term "and/or" may also appear in a list of two or more elements or features. Unless there are other implicit or explicit contradictions with the context in which it is used, such phrases are intended to represent any element or feature listed individually or any combination of quoted elements or features with any other quoted elements or features. For example, the phrases "at least one of A and B", "one or more of A and B" and "A and/or B" are each intended to represent "single A, single B or A and B together". Similar explanations are also intended to be used for lists containing three or more items. For example, the phrases "at least one of A, B and C", "one or more of A, B and C", "A, B and/or C" each mean "single A, single B, single C, A and B together, A and C together, B and C together, or A and B and C together".
在上文和权利要求中使用术语“基于”旨在表示“至少部分地基于”,从而未列举的特征或要素也是允许的。The use of the term "based on" in the above and claims is intended to mean "based, at least in part, on" such that non-recited features or elements are also allowed.
本文公开的系统可以一起包装在单个包装中。成品包装将使用诸如环氧乙烷或辐射的灭菌方法进行灭菌,并贴上标签并装箱。使用说明也可以在包装盒内或通过印在标签上的互联网链接提供。The systems disclosed herein can be packaged together in a single package. The finished package will be sterilized using a sterilization method such as ethylene oxide or radiation, labeled and boxed. Instructions for use can also be provided inside the box or via an Internet link printed on the label.
P实施例P Example
P实施例1.一种用于制备植入物并将该植入物内路插入患者的眼睛中的系统,该系统包括:组织盒,该组织盒构造成接收并保持材料的片块;切割装置;和传送装置。P Example 1. A system for preparing an implant and inserting the implant intraocularly into an eye of a patient, the system comprising: a tissue cassette configured to receive and hold a piece of material; a cutting device; and a conveying device.
P实施例2.根据P实施例1所述的系统,其中组织盒包括从组织盒的远端延伸的轴,该轴的至少远端区域的尺寸和形状被设计用于插入眼睛的前房中,其中该轴包括内腔。P Example 2. A system according to P Example 1, wherein the tissue box includes a shaft extending from a distal end of the tissue box, at least the distal region of the shaft is sized and shaped for insertion into the anterior chamber of the eye, wherein the shaft includes an inner cavity.
P实施例3.根据P实施例2所述的系统,其中组织盒还包括基部和盖,基部构造成接收该片块,并且盖构造成将片块抵靠基部保持固定。P Example 3. A system according to P Example 2, wherein the tissue cassette further comprises a base and a cover, the base being configured to receive the piece and the cover being configured to hold the piece fixed against the base.
P实施例4.根据P实施例3所述的系统,其中切割装置包括切割构件,该切割构件构造成切割定位在组织盒内的材料的片块。P Example 4. A system according to P Example 3, wherein the cutting device includes a cutting member configured to cut a piece of material positioned within the tissue box.
P实施例5.根据P实施例4所述的系统,其中用切割构件切割材料的片块从片块形成植入物,该植入物构造成植入患者的眼睛中。P Example 5. A system according to P Example 4, wherein a piece of material is cut with a cutting member to form an implant from the piece, the implant being configured to be implanted in an eye of a patient.
P实施例6.根据P实施例5所述的系统,其中传送装置包括致动器,该致动器构造成将定位在盒内的植入物通过轴的内腔部署到眼睛中。P Example 6. A system according to P Example 5, wherein the delivery device includes an actuator configured to deploy the implant positioned within the cartridge through the lumen of the shaft into the eye.
P实施例7.一种制备用于植入患者的眼睛中的植入物和将所述植入物插入患者的眼睛中的方法,该方法包括:将材料的片块插入组织盒中,该组织盒包括从组织盒的远端延伸的轴,至少轴的远端区域的尺寸和形状被设计成用于插入眼睛的前房中,其中该轴包括内腔;将组织盒与切割装置联接,该切割装置具有切割构件,该切割构件构造成切割组织盒内的材料的片块;在组织盒与切割装置联接的同时,用切割构件切割片块以从片块形成植入物;将组织盒与切割装置分离;将组织盒联接到传送装置;将轴的远端区域插入眼睛的前房中;将远端区域定位在眼组织附近;以及致动传送装置来通过内腔的至少一部分将植入物从盒部署,使得植入物接合眼组织。P Example 7. A method for preparing an implant for implantation in a patient's eye and inserting the implant into the patient's eye, the method comprising: inserting a piece of material into a tissue box, the tissue box comprising a shaft extending from the distal end of the tissue box, at least the size and shape of the distal region of the shaft being designed to be inserted into the anterior chamber of the eye, wherein the shaft includes an inner cavity; connecting the tissue box to a cutting device, the cutting device having a cutting member, the cutting member being configured to cut the piece of material within the tissue box; while the tissue box is connected to the cutting device, cutting the piece with the cutting member to form an implant from the piece; separating the tissue box from the cutting device; connecting the tissue box to a conveying device; inserting the distal region of the shaft into the anterior chamber of the eye; positioning the distal region near eye tissue; and actuating the conveying device to deploy the implant from the box through at least a portion of the inner cavity so that the implant engages the eye tissue.
P实施例8.根据P实施例7所述的方法,还包括通过轴传送粘性材料。P Example 8. The method according to P Example 7 also includes conveying viscous material through the shaft.
P实施例9.一种用于制备植入物并将该植入物内路插入患者的眼睛中的系统,该系统包括:组织盒,该组织盒构造成接收并保持材料的片块;和传送装置。P Example 9. A system for preparing an implant and inserting the implant intraocularly into an eye of a patient, the system comprising: a tissue cassette configured to receive and hold a piece of material; and a delivery device.
P实施例10.根据P实施例9所述的系统,其中组织盒包括从组织盒的远端延伸的轴,该轴的至少远端区域的尺寸和形状被设计用于插入眼睛的前房中,其中该轴包括内腔。P Example 10. A system according to P Example 9, wherein the tissue box includes a shaft extending from a distal end of the tissue box, at least the distal region of the shaft is sized and shaped for insertion into the anterior chamber of the eye, wherein the shaft includes an inner cavity.
P实施例11.根据P实施例10所述的系统,其中组织盒还包括基部和盖,该基部构造成接收片块,并且盖构造成将片块抵靠基部保持固定。P Example 11. A system according to P Example 10, wherein the tissue cassette further comprises a base and a cover, the base being configured to receive the piece and the cover being configured to hold the piece fixed against the base.
P实施例12.根据P实施例11所述的系统,还包括切割装置,其中该切割装置包括构造成切割定位在组织盒内的材料的片块的切割构件。P Example 12. A system according to P Example 11, further comprising a cutting device, wherein the cutting device comprises a cutting member configured to cut a piece of material positioned within the tissue box.
P实施例13.根据P实施例12所述的系统,其中用切割构件切割材料的片块从片块形成植入物,该植入物构造成植入患者的眼睛中。P Example 13. A system according to P Example 12, wherein the piece of material is cut with a cutting member to form an implant from the piece, the implant being configured to be implanted in the patient's eye.
P实施例14.根据P实施例13所述的系统,其中传送装置包括致动器,该致动器构造成将定位在盒的至少一部分内的植入物通过轴的内腔部署到眼睛中。P Example 14. A system according to P Example 13, wherein the delivery device includes an actuator configured to deploy an implant positioned within at least a portion of the box through the inner cavity of the shaft into the eye.
P实施例15.根据P实施例10所述的系统,其中组织盒包括鼻锥组件,该鼻锥组件包括组织盒的远端区域和轴,其中该鼻锥组件可逆地联接至组织盒并且可逆地联接至传送装置。P Example 15. A system according to P Example 10, wherein the tissue cassette includes a nose cone assembly, the nose cone assembly including the distal region and the shaft of the tissue cassette, wherein the nose cone assembly is reversibly coupled to the tissue cassette and reversibly coupled to the delivery device.
P实施例16.根据P实施例10所述的系统,其中组织盒的轴构造成传送粘性材料。P Example 16. A system according to P Example 10, wherein the shaft of the tissue cassette is configured to convey a viscous material.
P实施例17.一种制备用于植入患者的眼睛的植入物和将该植入物插入患者的眼睛的方法,该方法包括:将材料的片块插入组织盒中,所述组织盒包括从该组织盒的远端延伸的轴,所述轴的至少远端区域的尺寸和形状设计成用于插入眼睛的前房,其中,所述轴包括内腔;将所述组织盒与切割装置联接,所述切割装置具有切割构件,所述切割构件构造成切割所述组织盒内的所述材料的片块;在所述组织盒与所述切割装置联接的同时,用所述切割构件切割片块以从所述片块形成植入物;使所述组织盒的至少一部分与所述切割装置分离;将所述组织盒的所述至少一部分联接到传送装置;将所述轴的远端区域插入眼睛的前房;将所述远端区域定位在眼组织附近;和致动所述传送装置,以通过所述内腔的至少一部分将所述植入物从所述盒部署,使得所述植入物接合眼组织。P Example 17. A method for preparing an implant for implantation into a patient's eye and inserting the implant into the patient's eye, the method comprising: inserting a piece of material into a tissue box, the tissue box comprising a shaft extending from the distal end of the tissue box, the size and shape of at least the distal region of the shaft being designed for insertion into the anterior chamber of the eye, wherein the shaft includes an inner cavity; connecting the tissue box to a cutting device, the cutting device having a cutting member, the cutting member being configured to cut the piece of material within the tissue box; while the tissue box is connected to the cutting device, cutting the piece with the cutting member to form an implant from the piece; separating at least a portion of the tissue box from the cutting device; connecting at least a portion of the tissue box to a conveying device; inserting the distal region of the shaft into the anterior chamber of the eye; positioning the distal region near eye tissue; and actuating the conveying device to deploy the implant from the box through at least a portion of the inner cavity so that the implant engages eye tissue.
P实施例18.根据P实施例17所述的方法,还包括通过轴传送粘性材料。P Example 18. The method according to P Example 17 also includes conveying viscous material through the shaft.
P实施例19.一种用于从材料的片块制备植入物并将该植入物内路插入患者的眼睛的系统,该系统包括:组织盒,该组织盒包括鼻锥和在鼻锥和远侧轴的远端区域之间限定内腔的远侧轴;构造成联接到鼻锥的切割装置;和构造成联接至鼻锥的传送装置。P Example 19. A system for preparing an implant from a piece of material and inserting the implant intraocularly into a patient's eye, the system comprising: a tissue box comprising a nose cone and a distal shaft defining an inner cavity between the nose cone and a distal region of the distal shaft; a cutting device configured to be connected to the nose cone; and a conveying device configured to be connected to the nose cone.
P实施例20.根据P实施例19所述的系统,其中至少远侧轴的远端区域的尺寸和形状被设计成用于插入眼睛的前房中。P Example 20. A system according to P Example 19, wherein the size and shape of at least the distal region of the distal shaft are designed for insertion into the anterior chamber of the eye.
P实施例21.根据P实施例20所述的系统,其中远侧轴的最远末端构造成解剖组织以植入睫状体上裂、施累姆氏管或经巩膜植入。P Example 21. A system according to P Example 20, wherein the distal-most tip of the distal shaft is configured to dissect tissue for implantation into the superior ciliary fissure, Schlemm's canal, or transscleral implantation.
P实施例22.根据P实施例20所述的系统,其中切割装置包括构造成接收片块的基部。P Example 22. A system according to P Example 20, wherein the cutting device includes a base configured to receive the piece.
P实施例23.根据P实施例22所述的系统,其中切割装置包括构造成将材料的片块切割成植入物的切割构件。P Example 23. A system according to P Example 22, wherein the cutting device includes a cutting member configured to cut the piece of material into the implant.
P实施例24.根据P实施例23所述的系统,其中切割装置还包括构造成将植入物推入远侧轴的内腔中的压紧工具。P Example 24. A system according to P Example 23, wherein the cutting device also includes a compression tool configured to push the implant into the inner cavity of the distal shaft.
P实施例25.根据P实施例24所述的系统,其中传送装置包括致动器,该致动器构造成将压紧在远侧轴的内腔内的植入物部署到眼睛中。P Example 25. A system according to P Example 24, wherein the delivery device includes an actuator configured to deploy the implant compressed within the inner cavity of the distal shaft into the eye.
P实施例26.根据P实施例25所述的系统,还包括可移动的内部细长构件,其操作性地联接到致动器以将植入物推进通过内腔并从远侧轴的远侧开口出来。P Example 26. A system according to P Example 25, further comprising a movable inner slender member that is operably connected to the actuator to advance the implant through the inner cavity and out of the distal opening of the distal shaft.
P实施例27.一种从材料的片块制备用于植入患者的眼睛中的植入物和将所述植入物插入患者的眼睛中的方法,该方法包括:将组织盒与切割装置联接,该组织盒包括从组织盒的远端延伸的轴,该轴的至少远端区域的尺寸和形状被设计成用于插入眼睛的前房,其中该轴包括内腔,该切割装置具有切割构件,该切割构件构造成切割材料的片块;用切割构件切割片块以从片块形成植入物;将植入物压紧在轴的内腔内;将组织盒与切割装置分离;将组织盒联接至传送装置;将轴的远端区域插入眼睛的前房;将远端区域定位在眼组织附近;和致动传送装置以将植入物从内腔部署,使得植入物接合眼组织。P Example 27. A method for preparing an implant for implantation in a patient's eye from a piece of material and inserting the implant into the patient's eye, the method comprising: connecting a tissue box to a cutting device, the tissue box comprising a shaft extending from a distal end of the tissue box, the size and shape of at least the distal region of the shaft being designed for insertion into the anterior chamber of the eye, wherein the shaft comprises an inner cavity, the cutting device having a cutting member, the cutting member being configured to cut the piece of material; cutting the piece with the cutting member to form an implant from the piece; compressing the implant within the inner cavity of the shaft; separating the tissue box from the cutting device; connecting the tissue box to a conveying device; inserting the distal region of the shaft into the anterior chamber of the eye; positioning the distal region near eye tissue; and actuating the conveying device to deploy the implant from the inner cavity so that the implant engages the eye tissue.
P实施例28.根据P实施例27所述的方法,还包括通过轴传送粘性材料。P Example 28. The method according to P Example 27 also includes conveying viscous material through the shaft.
P实施例29.一种用于制备植入物并将该植入物内路插入患者的眼睛的系统,该系统包括:组织盒;和传送装置。P Example 29. A system for preparing an implant and inserting the implant intraocularly into an eye of a patient, the system comprising: a tissue cassette; and a delivery device.
P实施例30.根据P实施例29所述的系统,其中组织盒包括从组织盒的远端延伸的轴,该轴的至少远端区域的尺寸和形状被设计成用于插入眼睛的前房,其中该轴包括内腔。P Example 30. A system according to P Example 29, wherein the tissue box includes a shaft extending from a distal end of the tissue box, at least the distal region of the shaft is sized and shaped for insertion into the anterior chamber of the eye, wherein the shaft includes an inner cavity.
P实施例31.根据P实施例30所述的系统,还包括切割装置,其中该切割装置包括构造成切割材料的片块的切割构件。P Example 31. According to P Example 30, the system also includes a cutting device, wherein the cutting device includes a cutting member configured to cut pieces of material.
P实施例32.根据P实施例31所述的系统,其中用切割构件切割材料的片块从片块形成植入物,该植入物构造成植入患者的眼睛中。P Example 32. A system according to P Example 31, wherein a piece of material is cut with a cutting member to form an implant from the piece, the implant being configured to be implanted in an eye of a patient.
P实施例33.根据P实施例32所述的系统,其中传送装置包括致动器,该致动器构造成将定位在轴内的植入物通过轴的内腔部署到眼睛中。P Example 33. A system according to P Example 32, wherein the delivery device includes an actuator configured to deploy an implant positioned within the shaft through the lumen of the shaft into the eye.
P实施例34.根据P实施例30所述的系统,其中组织盒包括鼻锥组件,该鼻锥组件包括组织盒的远端区域和轴,其中该鼻锥组件可逆地联接至组织盒并且可逆地联接至传送装置。P Example 34. A system according to P Example 30, wherein the tissue cassette includes a nose cone assembly, which includes a distal region and a shaft of the tissue cassette, wherein the nose cone assembly is reversibly coupled to the tissue cassette and reversibly coupled to the delivery device.
P实施例35.根据P实施例30所述的系统,其中组织盒的轴构造成传送粘性材料。P Example 35. A system according to P Example 30, wherein the shaft of the tissue cassette is configured to convey a viscous material.
P实施例36.一种制备用于植入患者眼睛的植入物和将所述植入物插入患者的眼睛的方法,该方法包括:用切割装置的切割构件切割材料的片块,以从片块形成植入物;在从组织盒的远端延伸的轴的内腔内压紧植入物;使组织盒的至少一部分与切割装置分离;将组织盒的至少一部分联接到传送装置;将轴的远端区域插入眼睛的前房;将远端区域定位在眼组织附近;和致动传送装置,以通过内腔的至少一部分从组织盒部署植入物,使得植入物接合眼组织。P Example 36. A method for preparing an implant for implantation in a patient's eye and inserting the implant into the patient's eye, the method comprising: cutting a piece of material with a cutting member of a cutting device to form an implant from the piece; compressing the implant within an inner cavity of an axis extending from a distal end of a tissue box; separating at least a portion of the tissue box from the cutting device; connecting at least a portion of the tissue box to a delivery device; inserting a distal region of the axis into the anterior chamber of the eye; positioning the distal region near eye tissue; and actuating the delivery device to deploy the implant from the tissue box through at least a portion of the inner cavity so that the implant engages the eye tissue.
P实施例37.根据P实施例36所述的方法,还包括通过轴传送粘性材料。P Example 37. The method according to P Example 36 also includes conveying viscous material through the shaft.
P实施例38.一种用最低程度地修改的生物组织治疗眼睛的方法。P Example 38. A method of treating the eye using minimally modified biological tissue.
P实施例39.根据P实施例38所述的方法,其中生物组织是巩膜组织,最小程度地修改巩膜组织包括在远侧轴内将巩膜组织从第一尺寸压缩成更小的第二尺寸。P Example 39. A method according to P Example 38, wherein the biological tissue is scleral tissue, and minimally modifying the scleral tissue includes compressing the scleral tissue from a first size to a smaller second size within the distal axis.
P实施例40.根据P实施例39所述的方法,其中远侧轴的尺寸和形状被设计为通过眼睛角膜中的自密封切口插入前房中。P Example 40. A method according to P Example 39, wherein the size and shape of the distal shaft is designed to be inserted into the anterior chamber through a self-sealing incision in the cornea of the eye.
P实施例41.根据P实施例40所述的方法,还包括在虹膜角膜角附近的组织层之间从所述远侧轴部署压缩的巩膜组织。P Example 41. The method according to P Example 40 also includes deploying compressed scleral tissue from the distal axis between tissue layers near the iridocorneal angle.
P实施例42.根据P实施例41所述的方法,其中从所述远侧轴部署的压缩的巩膜组织向第一尺寸恢复。P Example 42. A method according to P Example 41, wherein the compressed scleral tissue deployed from the distal axis recovers to the first size.
P实施例43.根据P实施例42所述的方法,还包括用压缩的巩膜组织治疗青光眼。P Example 43. The method according to P Example 42 also includes treating glaucoma with compressed scleral tissue.
P实施例44.根据P实施例41所述的方法,其中在虹膜角膜角附近的组织层之间从所述远侧轴部署压缩的巩膜组织包括将压缩的巩膜组织至少部分地部署在施累姆氏管内并至少部分地部署在前房内,或至少部分地在眼睛的睫状体和巩膜之间,或至少部分在睫状体分离术裂口内。P Example 44. A method according to P Example 41, wherein deploying compressed scleral tissue from the distal axis between tissue layers near the iridocorneal angle includes deploying the compressed scleral tissue at least partially within Schlemm's canal and at least partially within the anterior chamber, or at least partially between the ciliary body and sclera of the eye, or at least partially within a cyclodialysis cleft.
P实施例45.根据P实施例41所述的方法,其中在虹膜角膜角附近的组织层之间从所述远侧轴部署压缩的巩膜组织包括将压缩的巩膜组织部署在睫状体分离术裂口内,使得压缩的巩膜组织的近端避免在前房内突出。P Example 45. A method according to P Example 41, wherein deploying compressed scleral tissue from the distal axis between tissue layers near the iridocorneal angle includes deploying the compressed scleral tissue within the cyclodialysis cleft so that the proximal end of the compressed scleral tissue avoids protruding within the anterior chamber.
P实施例46.根据P实施例41所述的方法,其中在虹膜角膜角附近的组织层之间从所述远侧轴部署压缩的巩膜组织包括缩回远侧轴,同时相对于组织层保持压缩的巩膜组织的位置。P Example 46. A method according to P Example 41, wherein deploying compressed scleral tissue from the distal axis between tissue layers near the iridocorneal angle includes retracting the distal axis while maintaining the position of the compressed scleral tissue relative to the tissue layers.
P实施例47.根据P实施例41所述的方法,其中在虹膜角膜角附近的组织层之间从所述远侧轴部署压缩的巩膜组织包括将压缩的巩膜组织推出远侧轴并推入组织层之间的位置。P Example 47. A method according to P Example 41, wherein deploying compressed scleral tissue from the distal axis between tissue layers near the iridocorneal angle includes pushing the compressed scleral tissue out of the distal axis and into a position between the tissue layers.
P实施例48.一种用于将从生物组织切割的植入物部署到患者的眼睛中的系统,该系统包括:传送装置,该传送装置包括:近侧手柄;至少一个致动器;和远侧联接器;以及鼻锥组件,该鼻锥组件包括:具有近端区域和远端区域的鼻锥;在鼻锥的近端区域上的联接器,该联接器构造成与传送装置的远侧联接器可逆地接合;以及从鼻锥的远端区域突出的管状轴,该管状轴包括一个或多个开窗,该一个或多个开窗由半透明或透明的材料覆盖,以显露管状轴的内腔。P Example 48. A system for deploying an implant cut from biological tissue into a patient's eye, the system comprising: a delivery device comprising: a proximal handle; at least one actuator; and a distal connector; and a nose cone assembly comprising: a nose cone having a proximal region and a distal region; a connector on the proximal region of the nose cone, the connector being configured to reversibly engage with the distal connector of the delivery device; and a tubular shaft protruding from the distal region of the nose cone, the tubular shaft comprising one or more windows covered by a translucent or transparent material to reveal an inner cavity of the tubular shaft.
P实施例49.根据P实施例48所述的系统,其中一个或多个开窗形成管状轴的计量系统,该计量系统构造成识别管状轴的插入深度和/或植入物在内腔内的长度。P Example 49. A system according to P Example 48, wherein one or more windows form a metering system for the tubular shaft, the metering system being configured to identify the insertion depth of the tubular shaft and/or the length of the implant within the lumen.
P实施例50.根据P实施例48所述的系统,其中管状轴包括引入管和外管,该引入管由不透明的材料形成而该外管由半透明或透明的材料形成。P Example 50. A system according to P Example 48, wherein the tubular shaft includes an introduction tube and an outer tube, the introduction tube is formed of an opaque material and the outer tube is formed of a translucent or transparent material.
P实施例51.根据P实施例48所述的系统,其中管状轴包括在一个或多个开窗远侧的远端区域。P Example 51. A system according to P Example 48, wherein the tubular shaft includes a distal region distal to the one or more fenestrations.
P实施例52.根据P实施例51所述的系统,其中远端区域远离管状轴的近端区域的纵向轴线弯曲,使得来自内腔的远侧开口围绕与近端区域的纵向轴线不同的轴线。P Example 52. A system according to P Example 51, wherein the distal region is bent away from the longitudinal axis of the proximal region of the tubular shaft so that the distal opening from the inner cavity is around an axis different from the longitudinal axis of the proximal region.
P实施例53.根据P实施例51所述的系统,其中远端区域由半透明或透明的材料形成。P Example 53. A system according to P Example 51, wherein the distal region is formed of a translucent or transparent material.
P实施例54.根据P实施例51所述的系统,其中该生物组织是巩膜或角膜。P Example 54. A system according to P Example 51, wherein the biological tissue is sclera or cornea.
P实施例55.一种用于对生物衍生组织进行最小程度的修改的环钻装置,该装置构造成将生物衍生组织切割成具有长度和宽度的细长组织条带,其中长度大于宽度。P Example 55. A trephine device for minimally modifying a biologically derived tissue, the device being configured to cut the biologically derived tissue into an elongated tissue strip having a length and a width, wherein the length is greater than the width.
P实施例56.根据P实施例55所述的装置,其中该组织条带用于植入患者的眼睛中。P Example 56. A device according to P Example 55, wherein the tissue strip is used for implantation into the patient's eye.
P实施例57.根据P实施例55所述的装置,其中该宽度小于约3mm并且该长度大于约3mm。P Example 57. A device according to P Example 55, wherein the width is less than about 3 mm and the length is greater than about 3 mm.
P实施例58.根据P实施例55所述的装置,其中生物衍生组织包括从供体或患者采集的巩膜组织或角膜组织。P Example 58. A device according to P Example 55, wherein the biologically derived tissue includes scleral tissue or corneal tissue collected from a donor or patient.
P实施例59.根据P实施例55所述的装置,还包括至少一个锋利边缘,其构造成将生物衍生组织切割成所述宽度。P Example 59. The device according to P Example 55 also includes at least one sharp edge configured to cut the biologically derived tissue into the width.
Claims (143)
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US63/241,713 | 2021-09-08 | ||
| US63/252,753 | 2021-10-06 | ||
| US202163271639P | 2021-10-25 | 2021-10-25 | |
| US63/271,639 | 2021-10-25 | ||
| PCT/US2022/042856 WO2023039031A2 (en) | 2021-09-08 | 2022-09-08 | System for shaping and implanting biologic intraocular stent for increased aqueous outflow and lowering of intraocular pressure |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CN118055742A true CN118055742A (en) | 2024-05-17 |
Family
ID=91047023
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202280066262.0A Pending CN118055742A (en) | 2021-09-08 | 2022-09-08 | System for shaping and implanting a biological intraocular stent for increasing water outflow and reducing intraocular pressure |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN118055742A (en) |
-
2022
- 2022-09-08 CN CN202280066262.0A patent/CN118055742A/en active Pending
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CN114245733B (en) | Implantable bioscaffold and system for molding and preparation of biomaterials for use in the treatment of glaucoma | |
| US20230000680A1 (en) | System for shaping and implanting biologic intraocular stent for increased aqueous outflow and lowering of intraocular pressure | |
| JP7699150B2 (en) | System for forming and implanting a biological intraocular stent for increasing aqueous humor outflow and reducing intraocular pressure - Patents.com | |
| US6379370B1 (en) | Incising apparatus for use in cataract surgery | |
| TWI435715B (en) | Corneal epithelial pocket formation systems, components and methods | |
| US20060129129A1 (en) | Eye implant devices and method and device for implanting such devices for treatment of glaucoma | |
| EP1661533A1 (en) | Method for eye refractive surgery and device for implanting an intraocular refractive lens | |
| WO2003022174A2 (en) | Intraocular lens extracting device | |
| CN118055742A (en) | System for shaping and implanting a biological intraocular stent for increasing water outflow and reducing intraocular pressure | |
| WO2023039031A2 (en) | System for shaping and implanting biologic intraocular stent for increased aqueous outflow and lowering of intraocular pressure | |
| US12440378B1 (en) | Devices and systems for cutting, loading, and delivering biologic intraocular implants for increased aqueous outflow and lowering of intraocular pressure | |
| US20250295524A1 (en) | Devices and systems for cutting, loading, and delivering biologic intraocular implants for increased aqueous outflow and lowering of intraocular pressure | |
| WO2021113399A9 (en) | An ophthalmic knife | |
| US11395764B1 (en) | Eye implant devices and method and device for implanting such devices for treatment of glaucoma | |
| EP1820474A2 (en) | Intraocular lens extracting device | |
| US10219942B1 (en) | Eye implant devices and method and device for implanting such devices for treatment of glaucoma |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: HK Ref legal event code: DE Ref document number: 40110618 Country of ref document: HK |